![Graphics]()

# Annual Report

2024

Annual Report 2024

![Graphics]()

Contents

#### Strategic Report

1  Key Operational and Financial Highlights

2  Chairman’s Statement

4  Chief Executive Officer’s Report

6  Chief Financial Officer’s Report

8  Section 172 Statement, Engaging with our stakeholders

10  Non-Financial Reporting

11  Responsible Business Report

16  Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Reports

20  Principal Risks

22  Going Concern & Viability Statement

#### Governance

24  The Board

26  Governance Framework

27  Board Governance

32  Nomination Committee Report

34  Audit Committee Report

40  Directors’ Remuneration Report

58  Directors’ Report

63  Statement of Directors’ Responsibility

#### Financial Statements

64  Independent Auditor’s Report

72  Consolidated Income Statement

73  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

74  Balance Sheets

75  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

76  Company Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

77  Statements of Cash Flow

78  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

#### Supplementary Information

127  Shareholder Information

IBC  Advisors

### Contents

![Graphics]()

### Key Operational

### and Financial Highlights

1

Key Operational

Year ended 31 December 2024 2023 % Change

Annual Recurring Revenue1, 2 (‘ARR’) at year end £52.1m £51.3m 2%

– AI Autonomous Finance

6

£17.1m £15.3m 12%

– Other Software £29.8m £31.0m (4%)

– Assure £5.2m £5.0m 4%

Revenue

Total Revenue £70.0m £74.7m (6%)

– Recurring Revenue3 £54.4m £53.4m 2%

– Non-Recurring Revenue £15.6m £21.3m (26%)

Recurring Revenue proportion 78% 71% 7%

Profit and EPS

Adjusted Operating Profit4 £9.9m £9.7m 2%

Statutory Operating Profit £5.7m £5.3m 8%

Adjusted Operating Margin4 14% 13% 1%

Basic Earnings per Share 8.8p 7.2p 22%

Cash and Balance Sheet

Cash and cash equivalents at year end £30.4m £34.1m (11%)

Net funds5 £20.3m £22.7m (11%)

Share buy back completed £4.0m – N/A

Final Ordinary Dividend per Share 3.6p 3.6p –

Full Year Ordinary Dividend per Share 5.4p 5.4p –

#### Operational Highlights

•  Expanding the Pipeline – Grew the Fynapse pipeline 15x in active opportunities and 10x in value since July 2023.

•  Securing Enterprise Clients – Signed six major Fynapse clients: T-Mobile, HCSC, KPMG, Inspired, One Digital, and Chubb, including

three AAH migrations.

•  Driving Cross-Sell & Upsell – Revamped Client Experience function, leading to 21 client expansions in 2024, reinforcing future

Fynapse adoption, and reducing software churn to 8% in 2024 (2023: 10%).

•  Strengthening Go-to-Market Execution – Rebuilt and refined Go-To-Market (‘GTM’) execution for greater market traction.

•  Scaling Partner-Led Sales – Streamlined from 60 partners to six managed partners (Microsoft, Deloitte, EY, KPMG, Capgemini,

HSO), exceeding our initial 30% ARR partner-sourced target.

•  Transforming Product & Engineering – Appointed a Chief Product & Technology Officer (‘CPTO’) and implemented a Product vs.

Project Management approach, significantly improving efficiency and output.

•  Good  new business  success across  other  products  -  Large  Australian  bank  taking  the Aptitude  Accounting  Hub  (‘AAH’)  and

several US organisations taking Aptitude Revenue Management (‘ARM’).

•  Extended engagement with 21 clients in 2024 taking expanded offerings, and reinforcing stronger client relationships - All are

clients with the potential for future Fynapse adoption.

#### Outlook

•  Strong growth in Fynapse pipeline value and opportunities, with 70% of pipeline connected to the partner channel.

•  The Board has decided to accelerate the transition from being dependent on in-house implementation services to a partner-led

model which we expect will in due course result in partners delivering implement services.

•  This is a deliberate acceleration of the model already in motion – because partner-led execution delivers scale, efficiency, and

access to faster-moving Tier 2 and 3 opportunities.

•  While this will impact short-term revenue, this is a necessary step toward a higher-margin, better quality ARR model. As a result,

2025 revenues and profits are expected to remain similar to 2024, before returning to growth in 2026.

#### About Aptitude Software

Aptitude Software provides software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance to enable its clients to drive growth, efficiency

and  sustainability.  Fynapse  is  Aptitude’s  intelligent  finance  data  management  and  accounting  platform  designed  to  increase

productivity and lower costs for finance teams globally. Fynapse provides a single view of finance and business data, unparalleled

performance and automation, faster and better insights, user-friendly functionality and market-leading total cost of ownership.

Notes:

1   Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) is the value of Aptitude’s recurring revenue at a specific point in time, normalised to a one-year period. ARR includes recurring revenues contracted

but yet  to  commence and  excludes recurring  revenues  which are  currently  being received  but  for which  formal  termination has  been  received. Included  in ARR  are  recurring

revenues from the Group’s solution management services.

2   Constant Currency is calculated by comparing the 2024 results with 2023 results retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing during 2024. 2023 ARR has been restated to reflect

constant currency.

3  Recurring Revenue includes revenues from the Group’s solution management services.

4   Adjusted Operating Profit and Adjusted Operating Margin exclude non-underlying operating items, unless stated to the contrary, but includes share-based payments. Further detail

in respect of the non-underlying operating items can be found within Note 3.

5   Net Funds represents cash and cash equivalents less finance obligations, which includes capital lease obligations and a loan.

6   AI Autonomous Finance ARR includes ARR from the Aptitude Accounting Hub (‘AAH’) and Fynapse.

Certain non-IFRS financial measures (e.g. Adjusted Operating Profit) are included which assist management in comparing performance on a consistent basis.

![Graphics]()

### Chairman’s Statement

2

#### Reflecting on a Decade of Transformation

As I enter my final year as Chairman of Aptitude, I reflect on nearly a decade of strategic change. The company has transformed

from a multi-asset organisation into a regulatory  and compliance software business and now into a SaaS-driven, CFO-focused

leader, poised to lead the next phase of AI-powered finance transformation.

#### Strengthening Our Market Position

Aptitude  has  always  anticipated  market  shifts,  but  the  scale  of  our  current  transformation  is  unmatched  during  my  time  as

Chairman. In 2024, we took decisive steps to transition to a partner-first, SaaS-led model. We recognised that a services-heavy

approach would constrain scalability, slow Fynapse adoption, and limit long-term revenue growth. In 2025, we are accelerating

the shift further, making the necessary adjustments to fully embed this model and ensure long-term scalability, profitability, and

competitive strength.

#### Executing the Business Model Shift

As  Fynapse  implementations  become  faster  and  demand  for  AI-powered  finance  transformation  grows,  it  is  critical  that  we

transition more services to partners. This approach maximises scalability, strengthens partner engagement, and drives sustainable

ARR growth ensuring Aptitude is fully aligned with a high-margin SaaS business model.

To drive long-term success, we are:

•  Prioritizing strategic partners that can accelerate adoption at scale.

•  Continuing the restructuring of our operating model to fully support a partner-first SaaS strategy.

•  Investing in go-to-market execution to capitalise on the growing Fynapse pipeline.

These structural changes will continue throughout 2025. This transition positions us to capitalise on the £3bn+ market opportunity,

ensuring sustainable growth and reinforcing Aptitude’s leadership in AI-powered finance transformation.

#### Board and Leadership Evolution

As previously announced, Barbara Moorhouse will step down at this year’s AGM, and on behalf of the Board I would like to express

my gratitude for the hard work, talent and support she has put into the business since her appointment as Non-Executive Director

(‘NED’) and Audit Chair in April 2017, and her subsequent role as Senior Independent Director and Remuneration Committee Chair

in April 2022. Her contributions have been invaluable, and I wish her the very best for the future.

Our CFO, Mike Johns, will also be stepping down from his position following the publication of the Annual Report and Accounts,

and we wish him all the very best and thank him for his support over his seven years with the Group.

The Board has engaged the services of a leading executive search firm to appoint both a new NED and CFO. The search for a new

NED and potential future Chairperson is well progressed. The search for a CFO is at an earlier stage but Aptitude has a strong

finance function to support the business in the interim.

![Graphics]()

3

#### Looking Ahead with Confidence

The transformation we have embarked on is ambitious, necessary, and built for long-term value creation. 2024 was a year of

foundational change refining our partnership model, operational structure, and go-to-market strategy.

As we move into 2025, the focus is clear:

•  Strengthen execution, embedding a partner-first mindset across every part of the business.

•  Drive profitable, scalable growth, leveraging our first-mover advantage in AI-powered finance transformation.

•  Continue operational discipline, balancing investment with cost control to maintain sustainable financial performance.

As I enter my final year as Chairman, I do so with confidence in Aptitude’s trajectory. With a clear strategy, strong leadership, and

increasing market adoption of Fynapse, the company is well-positioned to deliver long-term value for its customers, partners, and

shareholders. I extend my sincere thanks to all who have contributed to and supported Aptitude’s success.

#### Dividend and Share Buyback

The Board has proposed an unchanged final dividend of 3.60 pence per share (2023 3.60 pence), making a total ordinary dividend

of 5.40 pence per share for the year (2023: 5.40 pence). Subject to shareholder approval at the Group’s Annual General Meeting

on 28 May, the proposed final dividend will be paid on 13 June 2025 to shareholders on the register at 23 May 2025.

In 2024, the Group operated a share buyback programme and repurchased £4.0m of its own Ordinary Share Capital to 31 December

2024. The buyback programme is in accordance with the Group’s authority to make market purchases of its own Ordinary Shares

granted to it by shareholders on 14 May 2024. The share buyback programme is for £20m over a three-year period and the Group

intends to continue with the buyback as originally stated.

#### Outlook

Aptitude is entering 2025 with a sharpened focus on scalability, profitability, and long-term growth. The foundational shifts made

in 2024 embedding a partner-first, SaaS-led model, refining go-to-market execution and accelerating Fynapse adoption position

the Company to capitalise on the £3bn+ market opportunity in AI-powered finance transformation. While the transition from a

services-heavy approach will impact short-term revenue, it is a necessary step toward a higher-margin, better quality ARR model.

With strong leadership, strategic partnerships, and disciplined execution, Aptitude is well-positioned for sustained growth and

market leadership in the years ahead.

Ivan Martin

Chairman

25 March 2025

![Graphics]()

### Chief Executive Officerʼs Report

4

#### Overview

Aptitude is accelerating its transformation. In 2024, we were in line with market consensus expectations while shifting rapidly

from  an  on-premise  compliance  model  to  a  partner-first,  SaaS-led  business.  We  overhauled  go-to-market  execution,  product

development, client experience, and partner engagement.  Fynapse is gaining traction, our pipeline is expanding, and a smaller

number of key partners are fully engaged.

We now face a choice: maintain a services-heavy model for short-term stability or accelerate toward scalable, high-margin growth.

We choose acceleration. In 2025, we are doubling down on our partner-first strategy to drive Fynapse adoption, scale ARR, and

strengthen revenue and profitability over time.

This is an intensification of our plan to achieve 80% of ARR through partners by 2027, maximizing growth and driving competitive

advantage. To succeed, we now know we must shift more services to partners and prioritize software revenues, creating a more

predictable and scalable business.

Aptitude  is  targeting  a  £3bn+  market  opportunity  as  finance  functions  embrace  AI-powered,  real-time  decision-making.  With

Fynapse, we are positioned to lead this transformation across Tier 1, 2, and 3 organisations through a partner-first, SaaS-led model.

We are now midway through this transition, with further structural changes planned in 2025 to fully align our organisation and

operations. Without this shift, long-term growth will be constrained, impacting partner momentum and competitiveness. While

this transformation requires short-term adjustments, it ensures we will build a stronger, more resilient business for the future.

#### 2024 Achievements: Driving Momentum

In just  12  months, we  have  fundamentally rewired  the  business to  scale  efficiently and  align  with our  partner-first,  SaaS-first

strategy. Key achievements include:

•  Expanding the Pipeline – Grew the Fynapse pipeline 15x in active opportunities and 10x in value since July 2023, with 70% of

opportunities tied to partners.

•  Securing  Enterprise  Clients  –  Signed  six  major  Fynapse  clients:  T-Mobile,  HCSC,  KPMG,  Inspired,  One  Digital,  and  Chubb,

including three AAH migrations.

•  Driving Cross-Sell & Upsell – Revamped Client Experience function, leading to 21 client expansions in 2024, reinforcing future

Fynapse adoption.

•  Strengthening Go-to-Market Execution – Rebuilt and refined GTM execution for greater market traction.

•  Scaling Partner-Led Sales – Streamlined from 60 partners to six managed partners (Microsoft, Deloitte, EY, KPMG, Capgemini,

HSO), exceeding our initial 30% ARR partner-sourced target.

•  Transforming Product & Engineering – Appointed a CPTO and implemented a Product vs. Project Management approach,

significantly improving efficiency and output.

These changes have strengthened our foundation, but they have also underscored the urgency of accelerating our partner-led

model.

![Graphics]()

5

#### Accelerating the Business Model Shift

Aptitude’s transition to a partner-first, SaaS-led model is reshaping our business for greater scalability, efficiency, and profitability.

Faster Fynapse  implementations,  a  shift  to  high-margin  ARR revenue,  and deeper  partner enablement  are key  drivers of  this

evolution. To sustain momentum, we are investing in partner execution, sales acceleration, and product differentiation, ensuring

long-term growth.

#### Scaling for Growth

To  capitalise  on  the  £3bn+  opportunity,  we  are  embedding  a  partner-first  approach  that  expands  market  reach,  accelerates

adoption, and enhances efficiency. By reducing implementation risk, freeing internal resources for innovation, and prioritizing

software ARR, we will strengthen revenue predictability and competitive positioning. While this requires upfront investment, it

cements Aptitude’s leadership in AI-powered finance and builds a high-growth, high-margin SaaS business.

#### Executing with Discipline: Scaling Fynapse for the Future

The transition to AI-powered, autonomous finance is an industry-defining moment, and Aptitude is at the forefront. We are not

just launching a product; we are defining a category. The steps taken in 2024, combined with our partner-first approach, ensure

we are positioned to drive this market shift.

#### A High-Performance Culture: Our People Drive Success

Aptitude’s success is driven by its people, and I want to thank our team for their dedication during this transformation.

We continue to foster a high-performance, results-driven culture retaining key talent while actively managing underperformance

to maximize efficiency and impact.

#### Outlook: Accelerating Execution in 2025 & Beyond

Aptitude is advancing its transformation, building on the decisive shifts made in 2024. We have embedded a partner-first, SaaS-led

model, significantly expanded our pipeline, and secured major enterprise clients, reinforcing our market position.

In  2025  we  are  accelerating  execution—moving  from  a  services-heavy  model  to  a  fully  partner-driven  approach  that  scales

Fynapse adoption, strengthens margins, and enhances long-term revenue quality. While this transition will impact short-term

services revenue, it will over time;

•  Improve profitability

•  Increase revenue predictability

•  Align us to achieve 80% of ARR through partners by 2027

With these strategic changes in motion, 2025 revenues and profits are expected to remain similar to 2024, returning to growth in

2026. We look ahead with confidence in our journey, underpinned by a robust, profitable business foundation with high levels of

recurring revenue and a strong net funds position to invest in our growth opportunity.

Alex Curran

Chief Executive Officer

25 March 2025

![Graphics]()

### Chief Financial Officerʼs Report

6

#### Revenue

#### Recurring Revenues

Annual Recurring Revenue (‘ARR’) grew by 2% on a constant currency basis in the year to £52.1 million at 31 December 2024 (31

December 2023: £51.3 million, restated for the prevailing exchange rate at 31 December 2024).

ARR is the key financial metric for the Group. Included within ARR are Aptitude’s annual licence fees and maintenance for its

on-premise clients, subscription fees for the Group’s SaaS clients and revenues from its Solution Management Service offering

(‘Aptitude Assure’), this offering contributed ARR at 31 December 2024 of £5.2 million (31 December 2023: £5.0 million).

Net Retention Rate in the year was 99% (2023: 98%), measured by the total value of on-going ARR at the year-end from clients

in place at the start of the year as a percentage of the opening ARR from those clients on a constant currency basis. The Group

continues to benefit from standard inflationary clauses in most of its contracts, albeit at a lower level than in previous periods due

to the reduction in prevailing inflation rates.

Recurring revenues recognised in 2024 increased by 2% to £54.4 million (2023: £53.4 million). Recurring revenues are a strategic

priority for the Group and now represent 78% of overall revenue (2023: 71%). A key part of the Group’s strategy is to increase this

percentage whilst maximising the growth rate of Aptitude’s ARR, increasing both the overall quality of revenue and operating margin.

#### Non-Recurring Revenue

Non-recurring revenue, comprised of implementation services, software development and non-recurring software fees, totalled

£15.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2024 (2023: £21.3 million) representing a 26% reduction. The reduction in non-

recurring revenues is in line with the Group’s expectation as it works more closely with its partners in this area and as a result of

shorter implementation cycles for Fynapse. The reduction in non-recurring revenues from 2023 is also a result of the successful

go-lives of a large number of Aptitude Insurance Calculation Engine clients following the passing of the compliance deadline at

the end of 2023.

#### Research & Development Expenditure

Total  expenditure  on  product  management,  research  &  development  decreased  1%  in  the  year  ended  31  December  2024  to

£17.7 million (2023: £17.8 million). Research and development investment continues to be monitored by the Group in line with

overall return on investment for each product. In December 2024, the Product and Technology functions were restructured to

further support the AI Autonomous Finance opportunity and drive efficiency across the function. Research & development costs

represent 25% of revenue for the year ended 31 December 2024 (2023: 24%), with the proportion of research and development

costs expected to reduce in future periods.

The Board has continued to determine that none of the internal research & development costs incurred during the year meet the

criteria for capitalisation. Consequently, these have been expensed as incurred through the income statement.

#### Operating Profit and Margins

Adjusted Operating Profit for the year ended 31 December 2024 was in line with expectations at £9.9 million (2023: £9.7 million).

Adjusted Operating Margin increased to 14% (2023: 13%), strengthened by the Group’s improving revenue mix and disciplined

cost control. Operating profit on a statutory basis was £5.7 million (2023: £5.3 million). The continued success of Fynapse, with its

cloud-native capabilities, is expected to further enhance margins and profitability.

#### Foreign Exchange

With 50% (2023: 50%) of the Group’s revenues being generated from North American clients, the majority of which are invoiced

in US Dollars, the financial results are impacted by changes in the US dollar exchange rate. Aptitude’s 2023 revenue and Adjusted

Operating Profit would have been reported at £74.2 million and £9.6 million respectively on a constant currency basis (compared

![Graphics]()

7

to actual result of £74.7 million and £9.7 million). Constant currency is calculated by comparing the 2024 results with 2023 results

retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing during 2024.

#### Non-Underlying Items

Non-underlying items of £4.2 million (2023: £4.4 million) are principally related to the £0.9 million of Product and Technology

function restructuring (2023: £0.2 million) and intangible amortisation of £3.4 million (2023: £3.4 million). There were no further

restructuring costs in relation to the integration of MPP with the wider business in 2024 (2023: £0.8m).

#### Taxation

The total tax charge before adjusting for the impact of non-underlying and other sundry items of £2.0 million (2023: £1.7 million)

represents 20.09% of the Group’s profit before tax (2023: 17.95%).

#### Statutory Results

The Group reported a profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of £5.0 million (2023: £4.1 million).

#### Earnings per Share

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share increased by 2% to 13.9 pence (2023: 13.6 pence) and Basic Earnings per Share increased 22%

to 8.8 pence (2023: 7.2 pence).

#### Dividend

A final ordinary dividend of 3.60 pence per share is proposed (2023: 3.60 pence), making a total ordinary dividend of 5.40 pence

per share for the year (2023: 5.40 pence).

#### Balance Sheet

The Group continues to have a strong balance sheet with net assets at 31 December 2024 of £57.9 million (2023: £60.3 million).

Cash at 31 December 2024 was £30.4 million (31 December 2023: £34.1 million) and net funds of £20.3 million (31 December

2023: £22.7 million). The Group continued to fund both the ordinary dividend of £3.1m (2023: £3.1m) and the share buyback

programme £4.0m (2023: nil) in the year, providing enhanced returns to shareholders.

Trade  receivables  (net)  at  31  December  2024  increased  to  £12.1  million  (2023:  £10.3  million)  of  which  £6.8  million  (2023:

£5.0 million) were overdue for payment at the year end. Of these overdue balances £3.7 million has been collected at 24 March

2024. DSO (debtor days) increased to 55 at 31 December 2024 (2023: 53). The growth in the Group’s Annual Recurring Revenue

resulted in deferred income at 31 December 2024 increasing to £32.2 million (2023: £31.5 million).

#### Capital Allocation Policy

Aptitude aims to deliver high returns to shareholders through targeting sustainable profit growth and strong free cash flow. The

Group invests in developing its business driven by the opportunity with Fynapse, while maintaining robust liquidity to manage the

working capital cycle. Aptitude’s capital allocation priorities are as follows:

•  Managing  working  capital  -  The  first  priority  of  the  Group  is  to  maintain  sufficient  cash  reserves  to  manage  the  annual

working capital cycle, while maintaining appropriate levels of net funds. A level of net cash not less than 1.5 x adjusted EBITDA

is the Group’s stated minimum.

•  Investment for organic growth – The Group continues to invest in the organic growth of the business including the need to

continue to invest in our people and technology and through capital expenditure where required.

•  Maintenance of the Group’s progressive dividend – The Group is committed to provide progressive dividends to shareholders,

and this remains the preferred ongoing method to return cash to shareholders without impacting on the investment required

to grow the business.

•  Enhanced returns to shareholders – As the Group continues to generate excess cash after the above priorities, the Group will

look to make enhanced returns to shareholders, including through the existing share buy back programme.

While the above framework is intended to guide decision making for the allocation of capital, the Board may choose to exercise

discretion in its application should there be a business requirement.

Mike Johns

Chief Financial Officer

25 March 2025

![Graphics]()

### Section 172 Statement

### Engaging with our stakeholders

8

In accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board considers

the potential impact on the Company’s key stakeholders and takes their views and interests into account when carrying out their

duties. The  following  sections form part  of  this statement and  provides  insight of  the  Board’s  engagement with  the  different

stakeholder groups to ensure their interests are reflected in the Board’s decision-making process.

In performing their duties during the year, the Directors have had regard for the matters set out in Section 172(1) (a) to (f) of the

Companies Act 2006, namely, to promote the success of the Company for its members as a whole and in doing so having regard

to amongst other matters:

•  the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;

•  the interests of employees;

•  the need to foster business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of operations on the community and environment;

•  the desirability of maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

Workforce engagement

Our people are key to the long-term development of our business. Their engagement and motivation is vital to us fulfilling our

purpose, living our values, protecting our culture, and delivering our strategic objectives. The Board is fully committed to ensuring

that the opinions of employees across all counties and business areas are regularly sought and factored into its decision-making

process.  Barbara  Moorhouse  is  the  designated  independent  Non-Executive  Director  with  responsibility  for  overseeing  wider

workforce  engagement,  and  employees  are  able  to  raise  any  concerns  with  her.  The  Board  considers  this  the  most  effective

method to ensure the employee voice is heard at the very top of the organisation.

The Group has put in place extensive measures to engage with its employees. Through these engagement activities the Board is

able to gather opinions and ideas from the wider workforce, identify any communication gaps or common areas of concern and

address these through the Group’s activities. In addition, the Board receives regular reports on employee matters from the SVP,

People & Culture, including information relating to employee satisfaction and engagement, recruitment, retention and training

and development. Our employee engagement survey maintained a 64% response rate this year.

During  2024,  the  Board  engaged  with  the  workforce  through:  onsite  visits;  all  employee  face-to-  face  engagement  sessions;

one-to-one  sessions  with  Senior  Leadership  Team  members;  presentations  and  reports  from  senior  management  at  Board

meetings; and through day-to-day engagement outside of these formal settings.

The objectives and key results (“OKR”) framework for the Group, which was introduced in 2023, has resulted in the implementation

of a  clear  basis for  communicating  expectations  and  measuring individual,  team  and organisational  performance. Regular  ‘All

Hands’ communication sessions are held to discuss progress against OKRs and other matters with all employees.

Shareholder engagement

The Board engages with institutional shareholders on the annual and interim results and on significant matters relating to strategy

and governance via a combination of in person meetings and video conference meetings. Updates are provided to the Board on

the views of the Group’s major investors and these are factored into the Board’s decision-making process and when providing

market communication.

All shareholders  are encouraged  to submit  questions prior  to the  Annual General  Meeting and  to lodge  their votes  ahead  of

the meeting to ensure that these are counted. The Annual Report is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the

Annual General Meeting and each issue for consideration at the Annual General Meeting is proposed as a separate resolution. All

Directors generally attend the Annual General Meeting. At our 2024 Annual General Meeting, which was held on 14 May 2024, all

resolutions passed with over 97% votes in favour.

The Board ensures that the Group’s shareholders are treated equally and fairly, regardless of the size of their shareholding or their

status as a private or institutional shareholder. The Group provides clear and timely communications to all shareholders in their

chosen communication medium, as well as via the Group’s website and via a Regulatory News Service. All holders of Ordinary

Shares are eligible to receive dividend payments and to vote at general meetings of the Company.

Client engagement

The  Group  is  proactive  in  engaging  directly  with  its  clients  to  monitor  and  continually  improve  its  service  delivery  and  client

satisfaction. The Board receives monthly reports on client-related matters, including support ticket levels, services delivery and

client health reports, which enable it to identify any trends or any areas requiring specific oversight or investment. In the event

![Graphics]()

9

that any concerns are raised by clients, the Group ensures that these are addressed swiftly, and that proactive engagement occurs

to ensure high standards of service delivery are maintained.

The Group seeks direct engagement with  clients  through  regular Client Advisory Boards and  these  directly  inform  its product

development and innovation strategies. The Group also holds CFO forums for prospective and existing clients to actively engage

in wide-ranging discussions around pertinent issues and publishes its Digital CFO magazine offering expert commentary around

similar issues. Feedback received from clients through these forums and through regular day-to-day interaction with the Group’s

client-facing teams were used to inform the Board’s decision-making process during the year. The Group’s Chief Client Experience

Officer  directs  the  global  services,  support  and  success  teams  with  overall  responsibility  for  the  end-to-end  client  life  cycle,

tightening of client health processes and targeted product investment.

Strategic partner engagement

The Group works with a range of leading organisations to deliver long-term value to its clients, including advisory, consulting,

integration  and  technology  providers  that  bring  complementary  services  and  solutions  to  its  client  base.  The Group  engages

with its partners through regular product and thought leadership briefings and a comprehensive sales and delivery enablement

program. The Board actively encourages feedback from the Group’s partner firms on the quality of its services and products to

support continuous improvement.

Building on the prior year’s development of Aptitude’s strategic partnership with Microsoft, Aptitude has released a productised

connector to Microsoft Dynamics 365 enabling full integration and financial drill back. In addition to Dynamics 365, the capabilities

of Fynapse are increasingly being discussed as an underpinning platform to support Microsoft with their emerging AI technologies

such as Project Sofia.

Supplier engagement

The Group engages closely with its suppliers and has internal procedures to ensure that appropriate due diligence is undertaken

on these firms. Suppliers are chosen according to their ability to meet the Group’s own high standards and to demonstrate values

that are consistent with those of the Group. Regular engagement takes place with key suppliers, monitoring their performance

against  contractual  obligations  and  providing  regular  feedback  in  order  to  foster  and  support  long-term  relationships  for  the

benefit of the Group. Should delivery standards not meet the Group’s expectations, proactive steps are taken to communicate and

address these directly with the supplier to ensure that there is no detrimental impact upon the Group’s activities.

Engagement with the wider community

The  Board  ensures  ethical  and  responsible  decision  making  by  taking  into  consideration  the  wider  society  external  to  the

organisation. The Group is committed to contributing towards the communities in which it operates as a business.

The Group operates a charitable donation scheme whereby it will match the funds raised by employees for specific charities up to

£500 (or local equivalent) per event. The Group also supports or organises regular activities to increase awareness and raise funds

for its chosen charities. These activities are coordinated by our regional social committees and employees are actively encouraged

to give their support. During 2024 donations were made to support those affected by the floods in Poland.

The environment

As a provider of software solutions, the Group’s operations have a relatively limited impact on the environment. However, the

Board is committed to implementing measures that will result in incremental improvements to the Group’s environmental impact,

where appropriate.

The Group‘s full carbon footprint is contained in the Responsible Business Report on pages 13 to 15.

Maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct

The  Board  is  mindful  that  the  continued  growth  and  success  of  the  Group  is  dependent  upon  maintaining  high  standards  of

business conduct. These high standards underpin the Group’s ability to:

•  successfully compete within the market, to attract and retain clients, and to service these clients to a high standard;

•  attract and retain high quality employees;

•  attract investors and to meet their expectations of good governance and sound business conduct; and

•  meet the Group’s legal and regulatory obligations, and to meet the expectations of relevant regulatory bodies.

This awareness underpins the Group’s strategy and is evident throughout the Board’s decision-making process. Further information

on Aptitude’s ethical approach is contained in the Responsible Business report on page 11.

![Graphics]()

### Non-Financial Reporting

10

Non-Financial Reporting requirements

Our  reporting  is  compliant  with  the  Non-Financial  Reporting  requirements  contained  in  sections  414CA  and  414CB  of  the

Companies Act 2006. The below table, and the information it refers to, is intended to help stakeholders understand our position

on key non-financial matters. This is in addition to the reporting we already do under the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP).

Where to find further information Relevant Policies Page

Environmental matters Responsible Business

Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures

Principal Risks

Environmental 13 to 21

Employees Responsible Business Diversity

Principal Risks

Health & Safety

Code of Ethics

11

20

12

11

Social matters Engaging with our stakeholders Charitable Donations 8 to 9

Human rights Responsible Business

Modern Slavery Statement (see

aptitudesoftware.com)

Modern Slavery Statement

Human Rights

13

13

Anti-bribery and

corruption

Audit Committee Report Anti–bribery and Corruption

Whistleblowing

38

39

![Graphics]()

### Responsible Business Report

11

#### Our People

Aptitude  recognises  that  it  has  an  important  role  in  creating  value  for  all  of  its

stakeholders, including employees, customers and shareholders. Operating responsibly

is a key factor in driving this value creation over the longer term. All members of the

Board, together with senior management and  the Company Secretary, take an active

role  in  shaping  and  monitoring  the  Group’s  environmental,  social  and  governance

(“ESG”) activities.

Culture and Values

The Group’s core purpose is to provide software solutions that deliver fully autonomous

finance to enable its clients to drive growth, efficiency and sustainability. This purpose is

at the heart of the Group’s strategy, vision, mission and corporate values, and is clearly

articulated throughout the business. During 2024, we maintained our commitment to

fostering a high-performance culture and a diverse and motivated workforce to enable

the  execution  of  our  strategy.  Our  efforts  were  concentrated  on  managing  overall

performance,  reducing  attrition  rates,  and  establishing  a  ‘reward  for  performance’

system. Our key attitudes which underpin this culture, namely ‘win together’, ‘embrace

challenge’,  ‘own  it’  and  ‘client  &  partner  driven’  continue  to  be  embedded  in  our

objectives and key results (“OKRs”)  at  all  levels  and feature in the Group’s employee

reward and recognition processes.

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (“EDI”)

The Group is strongly committed to encouraging equality, diversity and inclusion among

our  workforce,  and  eliminating  discrimination.  Everyone  is  welcome  at  Aptitude  and

we encourage our team members to bring their whole selves to work. Our people are

champions of creating a culture of belonging, support and trust and we work with others

who are aligned with these values.

We aim for our teams to be truly representative of all sections of society and to ensure

that our clients, partners and employees feel they belong, that they’re respected and

able to always present their authentic self.

We  have  a  zero-tolerance  approach  against  intentional  discrimination  by  anyone  at

Aptitude. We also expect the same approach from our clients, partners, suppliers and

in our communities.

We believe that everyone has a voice at Aptitude and together our diverse voices fuel

the very best innovation that is celebrated and admired by others. Creating a culture of

belonging, support and trust positively impacts everyone at Aptitude, and we work with

clients and partners who share the same values.

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion matters to the Group because it enables us to:

•  better  understand  and  meet  the  needs  of  our  clients,  placing  us  ahead  of  the

competition;

•  attract  and  retain  the  very  best  people,  supporting  them  to  flourish  and  fully

contribute at work; and

•  build on different perspectives and experience to continuously improve and excel

at what we do.

The  Group’s  EDI  policy  remains  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  the  Universal

Declaration on Human Rights and the spirit of the International Labour Organisation’s

core labour standards.

Across the overall business 30% of our workforce (126 employees) identified as women,

67% (288 employees) identified as men, and 3% (11 employees) preferred not to self-

describe. This ratio  is  mainly  due to the  higher  proportion  of males in  some  parts  of

our business. We recognise that the software industry traditionally attracts more male

than female employees; therefore, a continuing focus going forward will be to look at

Employees

126

Female

425

Total

288

Male

11

Prefer

not to say

2

Female

6

Total

4

Male

0

Prefer

not to say

Senior Leadership Team

3

Female

5

Total

2

Male

0

Prefer

not to say

Board

#### Gender Ratios

1

1.  Data as at 31 December 2024

![Graphics]()

### Responsible Business Report

12

opportunities to highlight Aptitude, and the software industry as a whole, as an attractive

career choice for women. We are keen supporters of the Women in Tech initiative. The

diversity of the Board and Senior Leadship Team can be found on page 11.

The  People  &  Culture  function  drives  initiatives  to  promote  the  importance  of  diversity

and inclusion across the Group. During 2024 we focused on initiatives around celebrating

women leaders in the organisation. These initiatives included hosting Women in Leadership

forums, which are designed to support women and increase their presence in leadership

roles  within  Aptitude,  and  Pride  Tribes,  which  allow  small  groups  of  women  to  come

together regularly for peer-to-peer mentorship.

In  2025,  further  activities  are  planned  to  celebrate  women  leaders  within  the  Group.

We plan to continue  our  efforts  to increase representation and further embed inclusive

behaviours into our ways of working. As part of our plan, our ambition is to further break

down barriers to entry and progression. Through increased focus on career development

paths, transparent leadership development frameworks, and education, we can ensure our

employees have a sense of belonging and can bring their whole selves to the workplace.

We give our employees opportunities to grow and contribute, allowing us to strengthen

the talent pipeline into leadership positions which will ensure our long-term sustainable

growth.

Gender pay gap reporting

As the Group has fewer than 250 employees in the United Kingdom, it is not required to

publish a gender pay gap report. However, the Group has internal processes to ensure that

salary levels and salary increases are fair and comparable for male and female employees

in equivalent roles. These processes are overseen by the Executive Directors for the wider

workforce, and by the Remuneration Committee for senior management.

The Group’s 2024 gender pay gap analysis showed the Group’s gender pay gap across the

Group’s main countries of operation to be in line with and, in some cases, better than its

peer group. The Board does not feel that voluntary publication of the Group’s gender pay

gap will provide meaningful disclosure.

Broader diversity

The Group is committed to understanding the diversity of its workforce beyond gender

representation. Aptitude must adhere to regional requirements in terms of how this data

is collected and used, and this includes obtaining express permissions from employees in

certain countries. The regional distribution of the Group’s employees as at 31 December

2024 was as follows: Poland 57%; United Kingdom 26%; North America 11%; other regions

6%.

Employee Health and Wellbeing

At Aptitude we strive to reduce the stigma related to mental ill health. During 2024 we

continued to focus on employees' mental health. Everyone at Aptitude has access to our

Employee Assistance Program, with broad access to psychologists and other specialists.

We continued to collaborate with a specialist neuro-psychologist, focusing on everyone’s

personal  superpowers,  which  can  help  manage  anxiety  and  stress.  We  also  promoted

open communication with leaders and restructured our People Partners system to ensure

every employee knows who their designated People Partner is.

We know that our people thrive when they feel empowered. We recognise that flexibility

means  different  things  to  different  people  and  have  taken  a  progressive  and  inclusive

approach to  flexible  working.  However  we  also  recognise  the  importance  of  interaction

and collaboration, and have designed our office spaces accordingly.

Engagement with Suppliers, Customers and other Business Partners

The Group proactively engages with its suppliers, clients, and other business partners on a

regular basis, to ensure that relationships function effectively and support the long-term

SingaporeCanadaAustralia

USAUnited Kingdom

11%

2%

2%

2%

57%

26%

Poland

Nationality

![Graphics]()

13

success of the Group. Details of how the Group undertakes this engagement can be found in the Section 172 statement on pages 8

to 9.

Business Ethics

At Aptitude, we have well-established processes to drive ethical business behaviours across the organisation and in our interactions

with all our stakeholders. This includes a suite of policies to support strong ethical behaviour in our conduct with each other, our

customers and all of our stakeholders.

Aptitude considers that paying tax is part of our corporate responsibility and our contribution in taxes is one of the ways in which

we help to build and sustain the economy.  Aptitude’s tax affairs are overseen by the Audit Committee and monitored by the

Board. The Group is committed to ensuring that it pays the appropriate level of taxes, in line with the generation of economic

value, in all regions in which it operates. The Group has robust oversight processes on taxation, working with its advisors to ensure

responsible compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

The Group’s 2024 Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking statement is published on the Group’s website www.aptitudesoftware.com.

#### Our Environment

The Group is committed to monitoring and reducing its emissions year-on-year and is aware of its reporting obligations under The

Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018.

2024 performance

The Group calculates  its environmental impact across scope 1, 2  and 3 emissions sources. Emissions are presented  on both a

location and market basis. On a location basis our scope 1 and 2 emissions are 109 tCO

2

e (2023: 163 tCO

2

e), with electricity usage

falling year-on-year and gas consumption switched to district heating at our Poland office. Scope 3 emissions are 3,375 tCO

2

e

(2023: 3,017

1

tCO

2

e), a 12% increase year-on-year, largely down to an increase in business travel emissions during the year. The

Group calculates and tracks emission intensity metrics (scope 1 and 2 Location Based) on a revenue basis. Emissions of 1.6 tCO

2

e

per £1,000,000 turnover are reported for 2024.

2024 reporting methodology

This section has been prepared for the reporting period of 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 using the reporting period of

January 2023 to December 2023 for comparison, as well as including the GHG emissions from 2018-2023 as a point of reference.

The Group has defined its organisational boundary using an operational control approach. The Group’s figures include all sites.

To  allow  comparison,  we  have  restated  some  of  our  2023  emissions  to  reflect  improved  data  collection  and  methodology

advancements, such as including homeworking emissions in Scope 3 Category 7 Employee Commuting. For transparency purposes,

we were unable to obtain verifiable energy usage data from our offices in Manchester, Sydney, Toronto, and Singapore and have

therefore had to use estimated figures.

GHG emissions have been calculated from business activities in accordance with the principles and requirements of the World

Resources Institute (WRI) GHG Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised version) and Environmental

Reporting  Guidelines:  Including  Streamlined  Energy  and  Carbon  Reporting  requirements  (March  2019).  We  are  reporting  our

scope 3 emissions for the second time, having completed our first assessment in 2023, with guidance from the  GHG Protocol

Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Technical Guidance for Calculating

Scope 3 Emissions, as required. In line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, we continue to review our reporting in light of any

changes in business structure, calculation methodology and  the  accuracy  or availability of data. Scope 3 emissions have been

calculated using a hybrid approach with both the average data method and spend data method employed. Emissions have been

calculated using the appropriate conversion factors (e.g. DEFRA 2023 and IEA 2023).

1

Restated to reflect improvements in data collection and methodology.

![Graphics]()

### Responsible Business Report

14

Emissions and energy usage from 2018 to 2024

Global emissions tCO

2

e

1

Emissions source 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Group YOY

Natural gas 55 53 33 31 29 80 0

6

-100%

Company cars2 1 2 2 2 – – – N/A

Refrigerant 4 21 3 – – – – N/A

Total Scope 1 60 76 38 33 29 80 0

6

-28%

Electricity (Location based) 418 444 321 252 131 83 58 -30%

Electricity (Market based) n/a 568 366 306 178 115 83 -27%

District heating (Location based) – – – – – – 50 100%

District heating (Marked based) – – – – – – 50 100%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Location based 478 520 359 285 160 163 109 -33%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Market based n/a 644 404 339 206 195 134 -31%

Total Scope 3  3,227   3,0175 3,375 12%

Total Scope 1, 2 + 3 Location based  3,387  3,1795  3,484 10%

Total Scope 1, 2 + 3 Market based 3,434 3,2115  3,509  9%

Intensity metric, £m turnover 57.3 59.3 74.4 74.7 70

Normaliser, tCO

2

e per £m turnover 6.3 4.8 2.1 2.2 1.6 -29%

Total Energy Usage (kWh)3 676,626 416,628 615,680 431,017 -30%

Note: Some of the totals presented may reflect the rounding down or up of subtotals.

2023 – 2024 Scope 1 and 2 emissions and energy usage comparison

Global Scope 1 and 2 emissions tCO

2

e

1

Emissions source FY 2023 FY 2024

UK Global ex UK UK Global ex UK UK YOY

Global ex UK

YOY Group YOY

Natural gas 0

6

80   0

6

– 0% -100% -100%

Company cars

2

– –  – – N/A N/A N/A

Refrigerant

3

–  –  – – N/A N/A N/A

Total Scope 1  0

6

80  0

6

– 0% -100% -100%

Electricity (Location based)  11   72  11 48 0% -34% -30%

Electricity (Market based)  19   96  20 63 6% -34% -27%

District heating (Location based) –  –  – 50 N/A 100% 100%

District heating (Market based) –  –  – 50 N/A 100% 100%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Location based  11   152  11 98 0% -35% -33%

Total Scope 1 + 2 Market based  19   176  20 114 6% -35% -31%

Total Energy Usage (kWh)

4

51,391  564,289 51,150 379,868 0% -33% -30%

1   These figures are in CO

2

e including GHGs in addition to carbon dioxide and are partially based on the country-specific CO

2

emission factors developed by the International Energy

Agency, © OECD/IEA 2024 but the resulting work has been prepared by Aptitude and does not necessarily reflect the views of the International Energy Agency.

2   During 2024 the Group had no company cars in use.

3   No refrigerants were consumed in 2024 (this having been at the discretion of the landlord of the Group’s leased offices during 2024).

4   Energy reporting includes kWh from Scope 1 and Scope 2, converting units of measure into kWh if required.

5   Restated – see note in 2024 reporting methodology

6   Less than 0.1 tCO

2

e

![Graphics]()

15

Scope 3 Emissions

Having conducted our first full assessment of our value chain emissions in 2023, we have updated our footprint for this year and

restated aspects of 2023 emissions. Our evaluation confirmed that our value chain emissions are significantly greater than our

operational carbon footprint, with our scope 3 emissions accounting for 96% of our total emissions (94%

1

2023). The calculation

of emissions for our key scope 3 sources is:

•  Business travel – using the distance travelled and mode of travel we calculate the emissions associated with our business

travel. Emissions factors from DEFRA 2024 were used.

•  Purchased goods and services – we used purchased data on the amount of spend of services purchased by the company. EEIO

factors were applied to financial spend categories using a spend-based analysis. We included primary data from our supplier

on our key data centres when they were available e.g. AWS and Azure.

Scope 3 Emissions tCO

2

e

Category Status 2024 2023 Group YOY

1. Purchased goods and services Relevant, calculated  1,401 1,2991 7%

2. Capital goods Relevant, calculated  206 197 4%

3. Fuel-and-energy-related activities (not included in Scope 1 or 2) Relevant, calculated  28 35 -20%

4. Upstream transportation and distribution Not applicable – – –

5. Waste Generated in Operations Immaterial – – –

6. Business Travel Relevant, calculated 1,472 1,165 21%

7. Employee Commuting Relevant, calculated 268 3214 -16%

8. Upstream Leased Assets Not applicable – – –

Total upstream Scope 3 3,377 3,0171 11%

9. Downstream Transportation and Distribution Not applicable – – –

10. Processing of Sold Products Not applicable – – –

11. Use of Sold Products Not applicable – – –

12. End-of-Life Treatment of Sold Products Not applicable – – –

13. Downsteam Leased Assets Not applicable – – –

14. Franchises Not applicable – – –

15. Investments Not applicable – – –

Total Downstream Scope 3 – – –

Total Scope 3 3,377 3,0171 12%

1  Restated – see note in 2024 reporting methodology

![Graphics]()

### Task Force on Climate-Related Financial

### Disclosures (TCFD) Reports

16

This is the Group’s fourth year of reporting against the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

(“TCFD”) and the Board is pleased to have further enhanced this reporting in line with the recommendations. The Board has noted

the requirement for mandatory climate-related disclosures arising from the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate Related Financial

Disclosure) Regulations 2022, as well as FCA Listing Rule 6.6.6(8). Below we have set out our climate-related financial disclosures fully

consistent with 10 of the 11 TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures as detailed in ‘Recommendations of the Task

Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures’, 2017, with use of additional guidance from ‘Implementing the Recommendations

of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures’, 2021. Set out below are the areas where the Group is consistent with

the recommendations, or where it is not fully consistent, how it plans to achieve this:

Recommendation Recommended disclosures Reference Compliance/comments

Governance

Disclose the organisation’s

governance around climate-

related risks and opportunities

a) Describe the Board’s oversight of

climate-related risks and opportunities

Page 16 Fully consistent

b) Describe management’s role in assessing

and managing climate-related risks and

opportunities

Page 17 Fully consistent

Strategy

Disclose the actual and potential

impacts of climate-related

risks and opportunities on

the organisation’s businesses,

strategy, and financial planning

where such information is

material

a) Describe the climate-related risks

and opportunities the organisation has

identified over the short, medium, and long

term

Pages 18 to 19 Fully consistent

b) Describe the impact of climate-related

risks and opportunities on the

organisation’s businesses, strategy, and

financial planning

Pages 17 to 19 Fully consistent

c) Describe the resilience of the

organisation’s strategy, taking into

consideration different climate-related

scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario

Pages 17 to 19 Fully consistent

Risk management

Disclose how the organisation

identifies, assesses, and manages

climate-related risks

a) Describe the organisation’s processes for

identifying and assessing climate-related

risks

Pages 18 to 19 Fully consistent

b) Describe the organisation’s processes for

managing climate-related risks

Page 17 Fully consistent

c) Describe how processes for identifying,

assessing, and managing climate-related

risks are integrated into the organisation’s

overall risk management

Page 17 Fully consistent

Metrics and targets

Disclose the metrics and targets

used to assess and manage

relevant climate-related risks

and opportunities where such

information is material

a) Disclose the metrics used by the

organisation to assess climate- related risks

and opportunities in line with its strategy

and risk management process

Pages 18 to 19 Fully consistent

b) Disclose scope 1, scope 2, and, if

appropriate, scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG)

emissions, and the related risks

13 to 15, 18 to 19 Fully consistent

c) Describe the targets used by the

organisation to manage climate-related

risks and opportunities and performance

against targets

Page 19 Not consistent. The Group measured its scope 3

emissions for the first time in 2023 and continues to

assess full emissions footprint target options.

#### Governance

Board level

The Board, with support from the Audit Committee, has overall responsibility for the management of climate-related matters,

including  oversight  of  climate-related  risks  and  opportunities.  The  Audit  Committee  is  informed  of  climate-related  risks  and

opportunities through the review of its carbon footprint. The Board considers relevant climate-related matters when discussing

and guiding the strategy of the Group.

In 2024, climate-related  matters,  including discussions  on  emissions  and oversight  of  other key sustainability  initiatives,  were

discussed by the Audit Committee and reported to the Board. The Chair of the Audit Committee is the designated Director with

responsibility for ensuring that the Board meets its climate-related obligations. The Board is supported and informed on climate-

related issues including progress against goals and targets through reporting by the Company Secretary, Executive Directors and

the Audit Committee, who monitor these issues.

![Graphics]()

17

Management level

At  management  level,  environmental,  social  and  governance  responsibilities,  including  climate-related  matters,  sit  with  the

Group’s Senior Leadership Team. The Senior Leadership Team is led by Alex Curran, Chief Executive Officer and is responsible for

providing oversight of sustainability initiatives at an operational level. The Senior Leadership Team contributes to the identification,

assessment, and mitigation of climate-related risk. The Senior Leadership Team is informed about climate-related issues at its

meetings through reporting from the Company Secretary.

Risk management

The Group  has  considered  all  risk  and  opportunity  categories  outlined in  the TCFD  guidance,  including  existing  and  emerging

regulatory requirements. However, not all risk categories are applicable or material to the business.

During the year, climate-related risks and opportunities were assessed in the context of the Group’s existing risk management

processes (as detailed on pages 20 to 21 and pages 35 to 36) to allow for their relative significance to be determined. The climate-

related risk assessment has been carried out over the following time horizons:

•  Short-term: Now to 2025: Aligns with the Group’s shortest office leases.

•  Medium-term: 2025 to 2028: Aligns with the Group’s medium-term office leases.

•  Long-term: 2028 to 2050: Aligns to the UK Government’s Net Zero pledge and the longer-term physical impacts of climate

change.

When  determining  the  financial  impact  of  our  identified  climate-related  risks,  a  materiality  threshold  has  been  used  that  is

consistent with the external audit materiality level. This level is set as 4.8% of adjusted profit before tax and all of our identified

climate-related risks are estimated to fall below this level. As the Group’s operations have a relatively limited impact upon the

environment, climate change was not identified as an emerging or material risk in the context of the Group’s activities.

The  Audit  Committee  reviews  the  Company‘s  principal  and  emerging  risks,  including  climate  change.  This  assessment  takes

into consideration the likelihood and potential impact of each risk, allowing the materiality of the risks and opportunities to be

determined and identifying those risks which need further investigation. Please see Principal Risks on pages 20 to 21 for more

information on the Group’s risk management processes.

Strategy

The Group recognises the significant potential impact of climate change on environmental and economic systems. However, as a

technology business, its climate exposure is low and the impact of identified climate-related risks is limited.

Three climate-related scenarios  have been selected to understand the  impact of climate change on the  Group’s strategy. The

three scenarios have been chosen to provide a variety of situations to which climate change could impact our Company and are

as follows:

•  Net Zero 2050 (NZE)

1

: Low carbon scenario that meets the TCFD’s requirement of a below 2°C scenario.

•  Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS): Medium carbon scenario which represents the roll forward of announced policies.

•  RCP 8.52

2

: High carbon scenario which includes extreme physical climate risks with limited global mitigation.

1  “https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-outlook-2023” World Energy Outlook 2023, IEA, Paris 2

2  IPCC, 2014: Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

Each of the Group’s climate-related risks and opportunities have been analysed and quantified under the three scenarios in line

with definitions for risk impact outlined above and the following assumptions and estimates:

1.  Impacts are to be considered in the context of the current financial performance and prices.

2.   Gross impacts are assumed to occur without the company responding with any mitigation actions, which would reduce the

impact of risks.

3.   Impacts are modelled to occur in a linear fashion, when in practice dramatic climate-related impacts may occur suddenly

after tipping points are breached.

4.   The analysis considers each risk and scenario in isolation, when in practice climate-related risks may occur in parallel as part

of wider set of potential global impacts.

5.   Carbon prices are determined with reference to information from the International Energy Agency.

6.   No material change in business model, locations, or operations.

![Graphics]()

### Task Force on Climate-Related Financial

### Disclosures (TCFD) Reports

18

The Group has concluded that the business is resilient to climate change. The need for a fundamental change to business strategy

or additional spend as a result of climate change is unlikely to occur. The Group will, however, continue to develop its analysis as

new data is made available both internally and externally and it will continue to monitor its climate exposures and action plans

through its risk management framework and governance structure.

Climate-related Risks

Three climate-related risks that could have a limited financial impact on the organisation have been identified.

Risk 1. Carbon pricing in the value chain

2. Reputational risks linked to sustainability

performance & reporting

3. Depending on third parties and

technology to decarbonise

Type Transition (current and emerging regulation) Transition (market policy and legal) Transition (Technology)

Area Upstream Own operations Upstream and operations

Primary

potential

financial

impact

Increased cost of purchased goods and

services

Reputation, higher cost of capital, lower

business opportunities

Reputation, higher cost of capital, lower

business opportunities

Time horizon Medium term Medium term Medium term

Likelihood Likely Likely Likely

Impact Low Low Low

Location or

service most

impacted

Purchased goods and services Across the Group Across the Group

Metrics used

to track risks

Scope 3 emissions Scope 1 and 2 emissions; external

environmental, social and governance

ratings.

Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

Risk

description

and

mitigation

The Group carried out a full scope 3 footprint

analysis in 2023 to fully understand its

upstream emissions exposures. The Group’s

principal value chain emissions originate

from our business travel and purchased

goods and services. As suppliers come under

carbon pricing mechanisms, or carbon border

adjustments, this could result in the supplier

passing on the added cost from the carbon

tax. There is comfort that several of our

primary data centres have targets to be net

zero by 2040 at the latest, meaning that a

significant portion of our scope 3 emissions

footprint will be offset with the achievement

of these targets. In addition, the Group has

already carried out several initiatives to

reduce our scope 3 emission exposure. These

include hybrid working to reduce commuting

emissions and choosing data centres and

cloud infrastructure providers that are

committed to purchasing electricity from

renewable sources. This potential risk would

be greater under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

There is a rising trend from investors and

financial institutions of incorporating

sustainability criteria into their assessments,

with climate change being a major issue.

This is likely to be of greater risk under

the net zero 2050 scenario. Investors are

aligning their portfolios to net zero as well as

other environmental, social and governance

metrics and companies face disinvestment

if plans are insufficient. Our current and

potential future customers are increasingly

interested to understand our approach

to environmental, social and governance

matters. Currently, our lenders have not

tied our debt to sustainability criteria but

we will continue to monitor this to ensure

we are in line with their expectations on

climate-related performance. The Group’s

current debt levels are also relatively low,

and debt facilities have been secured in the

short term. We also continue to monitor our

clients’ and our employees’ expectations in

this area.

The ability of Aptitude to decarbonise both

our operations and supply chain is partially

reliant on third parties and technologies

that are still being developed. Our ability to

decarbonise our operations is dependent

on grid decarbonisation and renewable

energy availability. As our office spaces are

leased, we cannot install onsite renewable

energy but are taking other steps where

appropriate to reduce our scope 2 emissions.

Decarbonisation of our value chain is reliant

on both purchased goods and services and

business travel. We are therefore dependent

on the actions and progress of our key

suppliers to decarbonise the goods and

services we procure from them. Reduction

in business travel is also dependent on the

technological developments of the aviation

industry which is out of our control. However,

a high proportion of the Group’s data centres

already have net zero targets which should

mitigate significant value chain emissions

exposure. We also have a Group policy on

the use and class of flights for business travel

which helps reduce emissions from business

travel.

Consideration of other climate-related risks

The following risks were also identified, but were deemed immaterial:

Physical risks (Both acute and chronic physical risks were assessed):

a)   Using Munich Re’s climate risk tool we have confirmed that none of the Group’s existing sites are currently operating in areas

of high drought stress or are predicted to be up to 2040 under scenario RCP 8.5. Additionally, water use is not significant to

the Group’s operations.

b)   All of the Group’s sites are in areas of a low risk of riverine flooding.

c)   Exposure to insurance companies as clients which themselves could be at risk  from  high pay-outs due to climate-related

events, such as storms or flooding.

![Graphics]()

19

Transitional risks:

d)   Exposure to carbon pricing in own operations. As a technology company, the Group’s operations are not carbon intensive,

which limits its exposure to carbon price risks in its operations.

Climate-related Opportunities

The following climate-related opportunities have been identified:

Opportunity

1. Zero emission energy

(e.g. self- generation, Renewal Energy Guarantees

of Origin and Power Purchasing Agreements)

2. Managing resource efficiency

(energy, resource and water efficiencies)

Type Energy source Resource efficiency

Area Operations Operations

Primary potential financial impact Decreased costs Decreased costs

Time horizon Medium-term Medium-term

Likelihood Likely Very likely

Impact Medium-low Medium

Location or service most impacted Office buildings Office buildings

Metrics used to track risks % renewable energy usage Energy and waste consumption

Opportunity description and strategy to

capitalise

Transitioning to renewable electricity sources

(either via self-generation or through contracted

electricity supply from power purchase agreements

and Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs)) can help

in reducing market-based scope 2 emissions to

zero. Investment in self-generation would likely be

unfeasible given the Group’s relatively short-term

lease agreements and energy requirements. We

assume the ability to find EAC’s at our key offices

in the future will be high. In the future, the Group

can prioritise office locations with high energy

efficiency and access to self-generated renewable

energy facilities e.g. solar panels, when looking for

new office space. This opportunity will be greater

under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

Improvements of energy efficiency and reduction

of energy consumption with the involvement of

our landlords will provide opportunities. We have

recently moved into a new office space in Poland

that is LEED Platinum for building categories such

as water and energy efficiency as well as being

WELL certified. Going forward, the selection of any

new or replacement office spaces in the Group’s

other regions will further take sustainability

considerations into account. This opportunity will

be greater under the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

Metrics and targets

We report on our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. Our carbon footprint is calculated using methodologies consistent with the Greenhouse

Gas (GHG) Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard, with additional guidance from the GHG Protocol Corporate

Value  Chain  (Scope  3)  Accounting  and  Reporting  Standard  and  the  GHG  Protocol  Technical  Guidance  for  Calculating  Scope  3

Emissions, as required.

The Group recognises that global warming is driving climate change and that governments, industry and society need to act to

mitigate the effects. While  the  Group’s  carbon emissions are relatively  low,  the  Board remains fully committed  to  continuing

to reduce its scope 1 and scope 2 emissions over time and will seek to do this by actively encouraging its landlords to switch to

renewable energy sources and by continuing to consider energy efficiency when selecting any future office premises.

In  2024,  we  updated  our  scope 3  emissions  footprint  calculation  to  reflect  the  latest  reporting  year. The  results  are  detailed

on page 15.  In  2024, scope 3  accounted  for 96%  of  our  total footprint  (market-based),  with business travel  (44%  of scope  3)

and purchased goods and services (42% of scope 3) being the most significant contributors. Consistent with previous years, we

calculated all applicable scope 3 categories for our 2024 footprint. Nine scope 3 categories are not applicable to our company. The

waste generated in operations category was excluded from our footprint based on immateriality.

As stated in our 2023 Annual Report, the Group's emissions are continually monitored and the Board intends to consider setting a

science-based target (such target shall be aligned to limiting global warming to 1.5°C or less) for external publication in 2026, via

the SBTi (or other reputable industry equivalent), to become a net zero company by 2050 at the latest.

![Graphics]()

### Principal Risks

20

The management of the business and the execution of the Group’s strategy are subject to several risks. The Board has delegated

authority to the Audit Committee to assess the Group’s principal and emerging risks, and the Board takes appropriate steps to

monitor and mitigate these risks where feasible.

The Board receives updates on principal and potential emerging risks that could threaten the Group’s performance or achievement

of its strategic objectives. The Audit Committee identifies areas for internal audit review, where this is felt to be appropriate to

help further understand and mitigate areas of risk. Further information on this is contained in the report of the Audit Committee

on pages 35 to 36.

Considering all known risks that have the potential to impact the Group’s performance and strategy, the following represents the

principal and emerging risks as recognised by the Board as at 25 March 2025 and how these are mitigated:

Principal Risk Explanation Mitigating Action Trend

Product The Group’s future performance will depend on the

successful development, introduction and market

acceptance of new and enhanced products. These

products must address the requirements of current and

future clients to be able to carry out their key finance and

business processes in a cost-effective manner. The products

must also respond effectively to industry, regulatory and

technological change.

Failure to do so may have significant impacts on the current

and future profitability of the Group.

The Group is in the process of completing an organizational

transformation to capitalise on the AI Autonomous Finance

opportunity.

Traction for Fynapse is growing, with wins secured during

the period across new clients and our installed base, and

the acceleration of our partner strategy are driving positive

pipeline progression.

Steps continue to be taken to define clear strategic

priorities and development plans for each of our key

products, with close collaboration between the Product

and Technology teams.

Plans for future products are developed in close liaison

with current and potential clients and partners and

through monitoring of changes in the business and market

requirements.

↔

Customer experience The Group’s ability to attract and retain clients is

dependent on the provision of reliable high-quality

products and excellent service.

The Group’s products are typically critical to our clients’

business operations and information systems

Failure to provide a good customer experience can result in

increased levels of client churn and significantly impact the

financial performance and reputation of the Group.

Increasing risk relates to wider macro-economic

environment increasing pressure on businesses to review

software cost base.

The Chief Client Experience Officer is responsible for

the end-to-end client life cycle including onboarding,

integration, implementation, and ongoing Client Support.

The Client Experience team employs individuals with

specific skills and experiences for their roles, and to provide

the best possible support to its customers.

The Chief Product & Technology Officer is responsible

for ensuring the reliability, security, and scalability of the

technology supporting the client experience.

↑

People and performance The Group’s success greatly depends on its ability to hire,

train, retain, manage and motivate employees with the

right skills, capabilities and attitudes. Failure to do so could

result in a loss of key talent and the Group being unable to

effectively manage and expand its business.

The Group is focused on ensuring that the recruitment

process is effective in identifying and attracting employees

with the right skills, behaviors and attributes. Our People &

Culture team uses a diverse number of sources, searching

for candidates from varied backgrounds and ethnicity and

with varied core skills.

All employees receive regular communication and there is

a focus on employee engagement and supporting a strong

organisational culture. Employee engagement is overseen

by the Senior Independent Director, Barbara Moorhouse,

and reported to the Board. Further information on this can

be found on page 8.

↔

Key partnerships Aptitude has in place key partnerships, including with

Microsoft and a number of major advisory and systems

integrator firms to support in its go to market strategy.

Failures in any of these key partnerships can impact the

Group financially and reputationally, and negatively impact

our clients.

The Group has in place a thorough selection and

onboarding process for new partnerships. The onboarding

process ensures that partners have a good understanding

of Aptitude’s products and processes across the client

engagement lifecycle. Partners are kept up to date through

training provided on new product development.

The Group has in place a dedicated Partnerships team who

work with named partners and internal teams to ensure

these relationships are optimised and joint goals are

realised. Special attention continues to be allocated to the

Microsoft partnership and associated partnerships.

↔

Economic conditions The Group operates in ever changing economic conditions

which can impact the demand for and price of its products,

the cost of its purchased goods and services and labour

costs.

Failure to appropriately manage these impacts could affect

the Group’s current and future profitability.

Increased risk is in relation to US economic policy,

particularly in relation to tariffs.

Appropriate commercial arrangements are put in

place with customers, including annual licence fees or

subscription arrangements to provide resilience against the

full effects of market deterioration.

The Group is also able to partially mitigate economic risk

through operating in multiple geographic regions and

across a number of business sectors.

Commercial modelling is undertaken to assess the impact

of inflationary increases, and the Group is able to reduce

the exposure in its client contracts with the majority

allowing for inflationary increases to be applied annually.

Our People & Culture team closely monitors the effects of

inflation on our employment costs.

↑

![Graphics]()

21

Principal Risk Explanation Mitigating Action Trend

Information security and data

privacy

The Group’s products require the processing of confidential

client data including, for a number of products, material

non-public financial data and personal data. Additionally,

the eSuite product requires processing of client subscriber

personal data including payment card data.

Failure to appropriately protect this data could have

significant financial, regulatory and reputational

consequences for the Group.

Increased risk relates to heightened sensitivity regarding

data security and the emergence of AI technologies, as well

as more sophisticated risks to data security.

The Group has a strong focus on all aspects of information

security – people, processes and technology. The

Information Security function is led by the Information

Security Officer who reports to a Security Committee

comprising of members of senior management and chaired

by the CFO.

Our Information Security Management System (ISMS) is

ISO 27001:2022 certified, and we follow formal processes

for all aspects of information security including building

secure systems to prevent cyber-attacks and protect our

information security assets, monitoring and detecting

threats and responding to the same as well as applying the

required governance and compliance processes.

We also have formal processes for key IS domains including

secure systems build, IT asset management, vulnerability

management, cyber threat management, incident

response, BCP/DR and personnel security management. In

addition to ISO 27001:2022, we also provide SOC reports to

SaaS clients to support client compliance processes as well

as PCI-DSS certification for eSuite clients.

Risks emanating from new risk vectors including our

expansion into new client industry sectors such as

healthcare, global pandemics, cyber warfare, ransomware

attacks, changing regulations, sanctions and changes

in information security frameworks are assessed and

mitigating action plans are formally prepared and

presented. These assessments are regularly reviewed by

the Information Security Committee. The Board is also

provided with regular updates regarding our information

security posture and risks.

For personal data protection, we have formal privacy

and compliance management processes including

privacy risk assessment, secure systems build, GDPR and

CCPA compliance processes, client data categorization,

protection and deletion processes. Where the Group acts

as a processor for client personal data, we work closely

with clients to ensure compliance with privacy laws.

↑

Banking The Group has in place a term loan and revolving credit

facility with Bank of Ireland (see page 117 for details). The

business is reviewing options to refinance the existing

facilities with multiple parties.

Any significant future interest rate changes could impact

the cost of borrowing for the Group. Also, the failure of

banking counterparties may lead to loss of all or part of

cash held with such counterparty.

The Group has in place an interest rate swap to manage

its exposure to changes in interest rates. The Group also

has significant cash balances and seeks to maximise the

interest earned on these (see page 115 for further details).

Day-to-day oversight of the Group’s banking arrangement

is carried out by the Chief Financial Officer and his team.

The team also monitors the ongoing solvency of Bank of

Ireland and other key banking counterparties.

↔

Geopolitical risk The Group has operations in a number of countries and

seeks to mitigate any risks to its employees arising from

conflicts or other geopolitical incidents.

As a result of our geographic spread, the Group is exposed

to a wide range of political, economic, regulatory, social

and tax environments. Policies or laws, involving the

countries in which we operate, may change in a manner

that may be adverse for the Group, even those with stable

political environments.

Risk is increasing due to ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and

middle east, as well as tariff introductions by large trading

blocks.

The Group remains alert to geopolitical risks and has in

place business contingency plans which are overseen by

the Board. These plans are developed on an ongoing basis

in readiness for any need to implement.

The Group has not been directly impacted by any of the

conflicts seen across the globe in 2024. However, the Board

recognises that its employees may be indirectly impacted

and provides support through the People & Culture team.

↑

Environmental, social and

governance

Aptitude is committed to being a responsible business

and operates in a sustainable manner for all of our

stakeholders.

Failure to operate in a way that appropriately manages our

impacts on the environment and our communities may

negatively impact our reputation as a responsible business.

The Board oversees the steps taken by Aptitude to act

responsibly for the environment and our communities.

More information on this is found in the Responsible

Business Report on pages 13 to 15. The Chair of our Audit

Committee, ensures that the Company meets its climate-

related reporting obligations.

↔

The Board’s ongoing review of emerging potential risks has not identified any beyond those detailed in the preceding table. In

undertaking this review of its principal risks, the Board also considered other potential risks and concluded that they were not

considered to be principal risks. The Board, with the support of the Audit Committee, will continue to review potential emerging

risks, and update its principal risks as necessary.

![Graphics]()

### Going Concern & Viability Statement

22

In  accordance  with  Provision  31  of  the  2018  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  (“the  Code”),  the  Directors  have  assessed  the

prospects of the Group over a longer period than the 12 months required by the “Going Concern” provision as part of our viability

review set out below. The Board determined that it would be reasonable to perform a review of the Group’s cash flows and other

key financial indicators of three years and considered this appropriate given the period aligns the Group’s viability statement

with its planning time horizon in respect of its three-year strategic plan and is suitable given the nature and investment cycle of

a technology business. Cash flows over this period have a relatively high degree of predictability, as the business continues to

grow its software  revenues. Projections beyond this period become less reliable given the inherent uncertainty of  technology

and market developments, supplemented by the uncertainties surrounding the global economy. The Directors have no reason to

believe the Group would not be viable over a longer period. However, due to this uncertainty, the Directors consider a three-year

period to be appropriate in forming a reasonable expectation on the Group’s longer-term viability.

In forming a viability statement, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties that could

impair the solvency and liquidity of the Group. This is based on the Group’s current position, its strategy, and associated principal

risks with scenarios including an assessment of the Group’s longer-term prospects. The Group retains significant cash balances

benefiting from its annual licence fee or subscription model in which the majority of its customers pay annually in advance.

Scenario models are reviewed by the Board and the Audit Committee and are a foundation for the Group’s strategic plan. The

financial forecasts contained in the plan make certain assumptions about the uptake of new annual licences and subscriptions and

the performance of other core revenue streams. As part of the assessment the Group stress tests the plan using various scenarios.

To achieve this, management reviewed the principal risks and considered which might threaten the Group’s viability. Across each

of the scenarios tested, the Group has also not factored in any structural changes to its cost base being made to ensure it remains

viable. It was therefore determined that none of the individual risks would in isolation compromise the Group’s viability, and so

several different severe scenarios were considered where the principal risks arose in combination.

The scenarios considered to be the most significant in performing the assessment of viability and the combination of principal

risks involved are detailed in the scenario modelling section on page 23, all of which are considered extremely remote. In addition,

the Group sets out separate assessments of why the Group believes that these do not represent risks which might threaten the

viability of the Group.

Principal risks

•  The risk that the Group fails to comply with its contractual and legal obligations, including those relating to data confidentiality,

resulting in damages, regulatory penalties and fines.

•  The risk that the Group fails to renew existing bank facilities on similar terms to existing debt.

•  The risk that  the Group utilises a significant proportion of its existing  cash reserves to implement an acquisition strategy

which does not yield the expected return on investment.

•  The risk that the Group decides to perform a significant return of value to shareholders immediately prior to a steep downturn

in performance.

•  The risk the business fails to attract new clients or retain existing clients as a result of weaknesses within its product suite or

service delivery model.

•  The risk of insolvency of key banking counterparties used by the Group, which could lead to the loss of all or part of the cash

held with any such counterparty.

Mitigations

•  The Group operates with a strong control environment which includes close oversight by management on all matters. Where

required this includes the use of external advisers and insurance cover which may mitigate the impact of a possible material

breach.

•  The Group  has  significant acquisition  experience  following the  completion of  seven  acquisitions since  2014,  including the

acquisition of MPP Global Solutions Limited on 9 October 2021. Any future opportunities are required to meet the Group’s

strict criteria of comprising complementary technologies focused on Aptitude’s product suite. Furthermore, appropriate due

diligence on any potential acquisitions is performed with findings presented to the Board.

•  The Group has substantial levels of future contracted revenue visibility and retains significant cash balances benefitting from

its long-term annual licence and subscription model in which the overwhelming majority of its clients pay annually in advance.

![Graphics]()

23

•  The business currently operates with a moderate level of debt financing in place. The Group’s existing debt facility allows for

additional financing to be drawn on which would assist in covering short term cash flows if necessary.

•  Cash conservation measures could include a review of the Group’s dividend policy along with the flexibility to implement a

number of cost reduction measures.

•  The Group's cash deposits are always held across at least two financial institutions.

Geopolitical developments

The Group is continuing to closely monitor the situation in Ukraine, the Middle East and Taiwan. The business has no facilities or

dependencies in those regions, but in view of its mainland Europe operations, business contingency planning has been undertaken

to mitigate any potential disruption to the Group’s operations that might result should there be an escalation of the Ukraine

conflict into other European countries.

Future inflation increases

The  Group  is  closely  monitoring  inflation  levels  and  planning  for  any  significant  future  increases that  might  arise.  Increasing

inflation could have an impact on the Group’s margins in the short term as the Group’s ability to recover these increased costs

from its client base would not take immediate effect and would depend upon the commercial terms agreed with its clients.

Climate-related risk

In accordance  with the  recommendations of  the Task  Force on  Climate-related Financial  Disclosures  (“TCFD”),  the  Group  has

assessed the potential impact of climate related risk on its operations and determined that these to be low. Full details of how the

Group complies with TCFD recommendations can be found on pages 16 to 19.

Other risks

Whilst other risks were considered in respect of a new market disruptor, the collapse of new business activity and defaulting on

the loan facility, these were not considered as severe as the scenarios outlined above given the level of future contracted revenue

visibility and cash generation achieved through the Group’s multi-year annual licence and subscription model combined with the

amount of variable cost base the business operates with.

Scenario modelling

The likelihood of each principal risk occurring, and the potential impact was modelled across various scenarios by management

who evaluated the possible consequences, primarily through a reduction in operating profit, ranging from a reduction of 50%

to 70%,  and  net cash  in-flows.  These  impacts  were based  on  similar events  in  the  public  domain and  internal  estimates. The

Directors reviewed and discussed the process undertaken by management, and also reviewed the results of reverse stress testing

performed to provide an illustration of the reduction in operating profit across the three-year period that would be required in

order for the Group to either breach its external loan covenants or exhaust all available cash. Based on the reverse stress test

assessment, the Group concluded that total revenue of £101m would be required over the next 3 years (an average of £34m per

annum). Therefore the current level of future contracted revenue (the total of all future contracted revenues as of 31 December

2024), totalling £78 million, would only require being supplemented by £23 million of revenue across the three years assessed,

realised from new business or across the base,  for  the  group  to  continue to operate under such a severe scenario. This  level

of revenue is well below both planned levels and historic revenue performance. Aptitude’s recurring software model includes

auto-renew clauses for most clients, and much of the additional revenue is expected to be generated from existing clients, such

that the £78m contracted revenue at 31 December 2024 will increase with auto-renewals. Across each of the scenarios tested, the

Group have also not factored in any structural changes to its cost base being made to ensure it remains viable.

Based on the results of the review the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue to

operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall due, for the next three years. The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference

to the Group’s current position and prospects, the Group’s current strategy, the Board’s current risk appetite and the Group’s

principal risks and how these are managed. The Group retains significant cash balances benefitting from its annual license and

subscription model in which the overwhelming majority of its clients pay annually in advance.

The Strategic Report comprising pages 1 to 21 and 58 to 62 was approved by the Board on 25 March 2025.

Alex Curran

Chief Executive Officer

![Graphics]()

### The Board

24

#### Ivan Martin

Non-Executive Chairman –

Stepping down from the Board

in Q2 2026

Committee Membership

Chair of the Nomination Committee

Member of the Remuneration Committee

Ivan Martin was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016 and assumed the

role of Non-Executive Chairman on 4 March 2016.

Ivan has previously held a number of significant Executive and Non-Executive

positions in both the Technology and Financial Services sectors having been

Non-Executive Chairman of Xceptor, a London-based international software

business which was sold by CBPE Capital to Astorg Partners, Chief Executive

Officer of Misys Banking and Capital Markets and a main board member of

Misys plc. He was also Chairman of FDM Group from 2006 to 2019, during

which time he oversaw the growth and evolution of this company from an

AIM listing to a FTSE 250 member valued at over £1 billion.

Key external appointments

Non-Executive Chairman of Nebula Cloud Limited (formerly known as

TelcoSwitch), a privately owned provider of Unified Communications

Software as a Service.

Member of Wulstan Capital LLP and Parch Three Estates LLP, being

commercial property investment vehicles.

#### Alex Curran

Chief Executive Officer

Alex Curran was appointed to Board as Acting CEO on 12 July 2023 and

subsequently appointed as CEO on 30 November 2023.

Alex joined Aptitude Software in 2008 and she has held several senior roles

within the Group, including leading the North American business since July

2019.

Key external appointments

Non-executive director of Checkit plc

#### Mike Johns

Chief Financial Officer –

Stepped down from the Board

on 25 March 2025

Mike Johns, a Chartered Accountant, assumed the role of Acting CFO in

January 2023 and was appointed to the Board as CFO on 17 May 2023.

Mike  joined  the  Group  in  September  2017  as  Group  Financial  Controller

having held previous senior financial positions within Aptitude, including

Finance Director for the Group’s business outside of North America.

Key external appointments

None

Male

40%

60%

Female

Board Gender Diversity¹

> 1 year

2

2

1

> 7 years > 3 years

Board Tenure1

1.  Data as at 31 December 2024.

![Graphics]()

25

#### Barbara Moorhouse

Senior Independent Director

- Stepping down from the

Board in Q2 2025

Committee Membership

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Member of the Nomination Committee

Member of the Audit Committee

Barbara Moorhouse was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director

on  1  April  2017  and  on  14  March  2022  she  became  Senior  Independent

Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Prior to this, she was

Chair of the Audit Committee. Barbara is also the designated Director with

responsibility for ensuring workforce engagement across the Group.

Barbara spent the first 20 years of her career in strategic, commercial and

finance roles in publicly listed multinational businesses in the industrials,

business services and utilities sectors. From 2000, she was Chief Finance

Officer in two international listed software companies (Kewill Systems plc

and  Scala  Business  Solutions  NV).  In  2005,  she  was  appointed  Director

General at the Ministry of Justice and subsequently the Department for

Transport, leading a range of policy and operational functions within HM

Government. In 2010, Barbara moved to Westminster City Council as Chief

Operating Officer.

Barbara’s previous non-executive roles include: Chair of RSSB; non-

executive director and Chair of the Quality and Safety Committee at Dwr

Cymru/Welsh  Water;  SID/Chair  of  Audit  Committee  at  Medica  plc;  non-

executive director at IDOX plc; and Chair of OPM Group, Trustee of Guy’s

and St Thomas’ Charity.

Key external appointments

Non-Executive Director of Balfour Beatty plc

Independent Chair of Agility Trains Group

#### Sara Dickinson

Non-Executive Director

Committee Membership

Chair of Audit Committee

Member of the Remuneration Committee

Member of the Nomination Committee

Sara Dickinson was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director

on 1 October 2021 and assumed the role of Chair of the Audit Committee

on 16 March 2022. Sara has significant experience of external and internal

financial governance and reporting including ESG requirements and

therefore is also the designated Director for ensuring that the Board meets

its climate-related reporting obligations.

Sara has over 30 years of financial experience, as well as significant

knowledge of digital finance processes and finance transformation. Prior

to joining Boldyn Networks, Sara was Chief Finance Officer of BSI where she

drove successful finance and companywide transformation. Previous roles

include  Senior  Vice  President  at  Expedia  Inc;  and  Non-Executive  Director

and Chair of the Finance Committee of A2Dominion, a residential property

group with a debt listing on the London Stock Exchange. Sara’s other

experience includes Commercial Finance Director at Costa Coffee, Group

Financial Controller for Sage Group plc and Vice President and European

Chief Financial Officer of ebookers.

Key external appointment

Chief Financial Officer of Boldyn Networks Global Limited

![Graphics]()

### Governance Framework

26

#### Board

The role of the Board is to promote the long-term success of Aptitude by setting a clear

purpose and the Group’s strategy for delivering long-term value to our shareholders and other

stakeholders.

The Board delegates certain matters to its three principal Committees:

#### Nomination Committee

Oversees the composition of

the Board and Committees

and considers succession

planning and diversity,

making recommendations to

the Board.

Page 32

#### Audit Committee

Ensures the integrity of

the Company’s financial

reporting, systems and

controls.

Oversight of risk

management process.

Reviews and monitors

climate change disclosures

and related ESG financial

reporting obligations.

Monitors the Group’s cyber

resilience.

Ensures effectiveness of the

external auditor.

Page 34

#### Remuneration

#### Committee

Determines the remuneration

and benefits of the Executive

Directors and oversees

remuneration arrangements

for the Senior Leadership

Team as well as monitoring

remuneration policies for the

wider workforce.

Page 40

#### Senior Leadership Team

The Senior Leadership Team, led by the Chief Executive Officer, is responsible for the execution of

the Company’s strategy and the day-to-day management of the business.

![Graphics]()

### Board Governance

27

#### Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

Having  an  Equity  Shares  (Commercial  Company)  on  the  London  Stock  Exchange,  and  in  respect  of  the  financial  year  ended

31 December 2024, the Company is reporting in accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the “2018 Code”)

which sets out standards of good practice in relation to the following principles:

I)  Board leadership and company purpose;

II)  Division of responsibilities;

III)  Composition, succession and evaluation;

IV)  Audit, risk and internal controls; and

V)  Remuneration

The Company was compliant with the provisions of the 2018 Code (published by the Financial Reporting Council and available at

www.frc.org.uk) for the year ended 31 December 2024.

The  reports  of  the  Nomination  Committee  (pages  32  and  33),  the  Audit  Committee  (pages  34  to  39),  and  the  Remuneration

Committee (pages 40 to 57) are incorporated into this report by reference.

The following  pages explains the Company’s approach to Corporate Governance and how the Board and its Committees have

fulfilled their responsibilities to ensure robust governance is embedded within the business to support the long-term sustainable

success of the Group.

#### The Board

Leadership and Company Purpose

Led by our Chairman, Ivan Martin, the Board provides the leadership of the Company. It is collectively responsible and accountable

to shareholders for the Company’s long-term success, strategy, values, culture, control and management. The skills and experience

of  each  of  the  Board members  is  provided  on pages  24  and 25  and  the governance  framework  (see  page 26)  ensures  good

governance practices across the Group. The schedule of matters reserved to the Board is regularly reviewed and can be found on

the Company’s website www.aptitudesoftware.com.

The Board  of Directors  meets  regularly  to  review  strategic,  operational and  financial matters  and reviews,  at  each  scheduled

meeting, the Group’s performance against its targets and objectives with reference to reports and KPIs prepared by management.

The principal risks impacting the Company are set out on pages 20 to 21 and steps are in place to monitor and mitigate these risks.

Information is supplied to the Board in advance of meetings and the Chairman ensures that all Directors are properly briefed on

the matters being discussed. The Board also receives presentations by members of senior management on different areas of the

Group’s business. In order to effectively communicate the strategic objectives and the performance of the Group to the wider

workforce, the CEO issues weekly emails and holds weekly “All Hands” sessions when current areas of focus for the business are

presented and to also provide a platform for employees to ask questions.

The Board also oversees the Group’s culture  to ensure alignment with the  corporate purpose, mission, vision and values (see

page 11). A suite of policies, which are in line with the values and culture to support the Group’s operations, are in place and

accessible by all employees. The Board, as a whole, reviews engagement activities with the wider workforce. Barbara Moorhouse

is  the  designated  independent  Non-Executive  Director  with  responsibility  for  overseeing  wider  workforce  engagement,  and

employees are able to raise any concerns with her.

The Chairman and the Executive Directors maintain regular engagement with shareholders through presentations on the annual

and interim results and on significant matters relating to strategy and governance and at the Annual General Meeting. In addition,

individual  meetings  are  also  held  with  shareholders  and  potential  investors  on  request,  including  with  other  Non-Executive

Directors where appropriate. The Remuneration Committee Chair ensures that major investors are actively consulted with on key

remuneration matters and responds to any investor questions on remuneration.

In addition to its shareholders, the Group’s other key stakeholders and steps taken to engage with them are described on pages 8

and 9. The chairs of the Remuneration, Audit and Nomination Committees make themselves available to discuss significant matters

related to their areas of responsibility, as required.

Activities of the Board during 2024

Agendas  for  each  Board  meeting  focus  on  the  performance  of  the  Company,  both  financially  and  operationally  through

presentations by the CEO and CFO. Senior management are also invited to present on key topics of interest to the Board.

![Graphics]()

### Board Governance

28

This year, the Board’s activities have included:

•  consideration of changes to the composition of the Board, its Committee and the Senior Leadership Team

•  assessing initiatives on people and leadership

•  reviewing employee engagement scores and attrition

•  approving the annual budget and trading updates

•  reviewing the Company’s banking arrangements; and

•  engaging with shareholders on governance, remuneration, succession planning and climate-related matters

The  Board  also  held  a  two-day  strategy  session  with  management  in  Boston  to  receive  updates  on  and  discuss  performance

against key metrics, strategic and business developments, as well as financial performance.

#### Division of Responsibilities

The role of individual Directors

The Board consists  of  three  independent Non-Executive Directors  (including  the  Chairman) and two  Executive  Directors all of

whom act with integrity, lead by example, and promote the Group’s culture. Each Non-Executive Director has relevant experience

to support the Group’s strategy and operations, and all provide challenge and guidance to management. The skills and experience

of each of the directors are provided within their biographies on pages 24 and 25.

The Chairman, Ivan Martin, is responsible for setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring that it carries out its duties effectively. He

ensures that the Board is supplied with accurate, timely and clear information in advance of Board meetings (and on an ongoing

basis) to enable the Board to carry out its role effectively.

He promotes a culture of openness and debate both inside and outside of the boardroom and oversees constructive relations

between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that there is effective communication

by  the  Group  with  its  shareholders.  In  addition,  he gives  feedback  to  Executive  Directors  and  the  Company  Secretary  where

appropriate.

Non-Executive  Directors  are  required  to  allow  sufficient  time  to  meet  their  Board  responsibilities  and  provide  constructive

challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management to account. Non-Executive Directors are appointed for

specific terms, up to a maximum of three years. All Directors offer themselves for annual re-election by shareholders. The Board

sets out to shareholders in papers accompanying a resolution the reasons why they believe an individual should be elected and the

Chairman confirms to shareholders when proposing re-election that the Director’s performance remains effective. The Chairman

periodically holds meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors being present in order to provide a

forum in which the performance and actions of the Senior Leadership Team and the wider business can be discussed freely.

Barbara Moorhouse is the appointed Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (“SID”). The SID provides a sounding board for

the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors when necessary. The SID is available to shareholders if they

have concerns which contact through the normal channels of the Chairman or the Executive Directors fail to resolve or for which

such contact is inappropriate. Led by the SID, the Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman at least annually to appraise

the Chairman’s performance and on such other occasions as are deemed appropriate.

The Chief  Executive Officer is responsible for managing the business and leads the Senior Leadership Team which meets on a

weekly basis to discuss operational matters, business performance, employee matters, and key developments. The Chief Financial

Officer oversees the Group’s financial affairs, including any tax and treasury matters and investor relations activities.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who provides advice on governance and listing

requirements and ensures that Board and Committee procedures are complied with. The Directors also have access to independent

professional advice at the Company’s expense where they judge it necessary to discharge their responsibility as Directors.

Independence of the Non-Executive Directors

In accordance with the 2018 Code, a majority of the Board is comprised of Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) all of

which are considered to be independent allowing them to sufficiently and constructively challenge management and be free from

any business or other relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement.

The letter of appointment of each Non-Executive Director sets out the expected time commitment for them to perform their role

and notes the possibility that additional time may need to be spent at certain times. The other significant commitments of our

Directors are disclosed in the directors’ biographies. The effectiveness of the Board and individual Directors is assessed through

the annual review of Board effectiveness as described on page 33.

![Graphics]()

29

#### Tenure

Non-Executive  Directors  are  typically  appointed  for  an  initial  term  of  approximately  three  years  and  subsequent  terms  of

approximately three years where appropriate.  Appointments  are  subject  to  annual  re-election  by shareholders, Details of the

Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are shown in the table below and copies of the Non-Executive Directors’ terms of

appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office. The Executive Directors also have in place service contracts

without an expiry date, but with notice periods of six months.

Initial

agreement date

Date of

appointment

End of current term

of appointment

Ivan Martin

1

21 October 2015 1 January 2016 AGM 2026

Barbara Moorhouse

2

27 February 2017 1 April 2017 AGM 2025

Sara Dickinson 30 September 2021 1 October 2021 1 October 2027

1  As announced on 1 October 2024, Ivan Martin will step down from the Board following the 2026 AGM.

2  As announced on 1 October 2024, Barbara Moorhouse will step down from the Board at the 2025 AGM.

Information and support to the Board

The Board and its Committees are provided with comprehensive papers in a timely manner to enable members to be fully briefed

on matters to be discussed at Board meetings and at other appropriate times. The CEO and CFO keep the Board appraised of

business matters relating  to  the  Group on a  timely  basis.  They provide various  updates  to  the Board on  many  aspects  of the

business, ranging from trading performance, client relationships and change management programmes.

The Company Secretary and external advisers periodically update the Board on regulatory changes. The Board utilises an electronic

Board paper system which provides immediate and secure access to Board papers and materials. Prior to each Board meeting, the

Directors receive the agenda and supporting papers through this system meaning that they have the latest and the most relevant

information in advance of the meeting. Following each Board meeting, the Company Secretary implements a thorough follow-up

process to ensure actions agreed upon by the Board and its Committees are completed.

Each  Director  is  covered  by  appropriate  directors’  and  officers’  liability  insurance.  The  Directors  also  have  the  benefit  of  the

indemnity provision contained at Article 138 of the Company’s Articles of Association. Pursuant to this Article 138, the Company

has granted indemnities for the benefit of current and future Directors and the Company Secretary of the Company in respect of

liabilities which may attach to them in their capacity as Directors of, or Company Secretary of, the Company to the extent permitted

by law and also committed to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance cover. Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as

defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force during the year ended 31 December 2024 and continue in force,

in relation to certain losses and liabilities which the Directors (or Company Secretary) may incur to third parties in the course of

acting as Directors (or as Company Secretary).

Board and Committee Attendance

The number of meetings held by the Board and its Committees together with individual attendances by Directors and Committee

members are set out in the table below.

Board

1

Nomination

Committee

Audit

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

1

Number of Meetings held in 2024 9 1 3 6

Alex Curran 9/9 N/A N/A N/A

Sara Dickinson 9/9 1/1 3/3 6/6

Mike Johns  9/9 N/A N/A N/A

Ivan Martin 9/9 1/1 N/A 6/6

Barbara Moorhouse 9/9 1/1 3/3 6/6

1   During the year, a number of additional Board meetings and Committee meetings were also held for the purpose of discussing ad-hoc or time sensitive matters. These meetings are

not included in the above figures.

Executive  Directors  attended  some  committee  meetings,  and  the  Chair  attended  the  Audit  Committee,  by  invitation.  These

attendances are not shown in the above table.

Board Induction and Development Programme

Training and development are important in ensuring the ongoing effectiveness of the Board and that we have the right combination

of skills and knowledge.

![Graphics]()

### Board Governance

30

Any new appointments to the Board are supported by a comprehensive induction and handover process. However, whilst there is

a full induction programme in place, this is tailored to suit the incoming directors’ expertise and any prospective Committee roles.

Our aim is to familiarise a new director with the business model, the operations of the Group, the key challenges and opportunities

along with the statutory duties of the director and the governance framework within which the Group operates.

For existing directors, the Chair ensures that they receive ongoing training and development opportunities as required or requested.

Conflicts of Interest

Directors are required to declare any actual or potential conflicts of interest within the Board decision making process and, should

any  such  conflicts  arise,  absent  themselves from  discussions  relating  to  that item  of  business.  None  of our  Directors  or  their

connected persons, has any family relationship with any other Director or Officer, nor has a material interest in any contract to

which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are, or were, a party during the year or up to 25 March 2025.

When assessing additional  directorships, the Board  considers  the number of  public  directorships already  held  by the director

and their expected time commitment for those roles (see biographies on pages 24 and 25). The Board also considers guidance

published by institutional investors and proxy advisers as to the maximum number of public appointments which can be managed

both effectively and efficiently. Executive Directors may accept a non-executive role at another company with the approval of the

Board. The Board is satisfied that each of the Non-Executive Directors can devote sufficient time to the Company’s business to

discharge their responsibilities effectively.

#### Diversity Policy

Although  the  Board  has  not  adopted  a  specific  diversity  policy,  the  Board  and  the  Committee  recognises  the  importance  of

promoting all aspects of diversity throughout the Group (please see page 11 for the Group’s diversity, equity and inclusion policy).

When considering any new appointments to the Board and Senior Leadership Team, candidates will continue to be chosen against

criteria, including their balance of skills, business experience, independence, qualifications, knowledge, diversity and other factors

relevant to the Board operating effectively. Successful candidates are chosen on merit against these criteria, regardless of race,

gender, social background or religious beliefs, but every effort is made to ensure that a diverse pool of potential candidates is

reached via the recruitment process.

The following table details the Board and executive management diversity, prepared in accordance with UK Listing Rule 6.6.6R(10):

Gender Identity or Sex

No. of Board

Members %age of the Board

No. of Senior

Positions on the

Board (CEO, CFO,

SID and Chair)

No. in Executive

Management

%age of Executive

Management

Men 2 40 2 2 33%

Women 3 60 2 4 67%

Not Specified/prefer not to say - - - - -

Ethnic Background

No. of Board

Members %age of the Board

No. of Senior

Positions on the

Board (CEO, CFO,

SID and Chair)

No. in Executive

Management

%age of Executive

Management

White British or other White

(including minority-white groups)

5 100 4 6 100

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups - - - - -

Asian/Asian British - - - - -

Black/African/Caribbean/Black British - - - - -

Other Ethnic Group - - - - -

Not Specified/prefer not to say - - - - -

![Graphics]()

31

Explanation against LR 6.6.6(9)

The table above provides our Board and executive management diversity data as at 31 December 2024, our chosen reference

date, which has been prepared in accordance with UK Listing Rule 6.6.6(9). The Company met the targets set out in LR9.6.6R(9)a(i)

and LR9.6.6R(9)a(ii). Two of the four senior positions on the Board (Chair, CFO, CEO or SID) are held by women (CEO & SID) and

60% of the Board of directors are women. The Board recognises that it has not met the target to have at least one member on the

Board who is from a minority ethnic background and that there is always more we can do. The Board recognises that diversity in its

broadest sense, approach and experience are important considerations as part of the selection criteria used to assess candidates

to achieve a balanced Board.

Further to Mike Johns stepping down from the Board on 25 March 2025 and the impending departure of Barbara Moorhouse at

our AGM this year, the percentage of women on the Board will increase to 67%.

Source of Data

Data concerning gender and ethnicity representation on the Board and Senior Leadership Team, as set out in the table on page  30

was  collected  directly  from  all  the  individual  Board  and  Senior  Leadership  Team.  Each  individual  disclosed  their  gender  and

ethnicity using the options included on a form, which align with the detail in the left-hand column of the aforementioned table

and therefore includes the option to not specify an answer.

![Graphics]()

### Nomination Committee Report

32

Committee Membership Member Since Scheduled Meetings Attended

Ivan Martin (Chair) 1 January 2016, becoming Chair on 4 March 2016 1/1

Barbara Moorhouse 1 April 2017 1/1

Sara Dickinson 1 October 2021 1/1

Ivan Martin, Chairman of the Company, is Chair of the Nomination Committee (the “Committee”) which meets at least once a

year. Only the members of the Committee have the right to attend meetings. Other individuals, such as the Chief Executive Officer,

SVP People & Culture, and external advisers may be invited to attend meetings as appropriate.

#### Main Responsibilities of the Committee

The Committee reports to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities. Its main responsibilities are to:

•  review the structure, size and composition of the Board, its Committees and the Senior Leadership Team, including its balance

of skills and experience and diversity, and make recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes.

•  identify and nominate candidates, for the Board’s approval, to fill Board vacancies as and when required.

•  receive and consider notifications from directors of situations, such as proposed external appointments, in which a potential

conflict of interest might arise and/or their time commitment to the Board could be compromised.

•  consider succession planning for Directors and Senior Leadership Team members, taking into account the challenges and

opportunities facing the Group, and therefore the skills and expertise that are needed now and in the future;

•  assess the time commitment required from Non-Executive Directors; and

•  oversee the annual Board effectiveness review process and review the Committee’s own performance.

The  Committee’s  terms  of  reference,  which  are  reviewed  annually,  can  be  found  on  the  Company’s  website

www.aptitudesoftware.com.

#### Dear Shareholder

I’m pleased to present this report, which provides an overview of the areas of focus for the Committee during the year and those

for the year ahead.

This year, the Committee met once, with all members present. In addition, a separate session was held to review the effectiveness

of the Board which was overseen by the Nomination Committee.

![Graphics]()

33

#### Areas of focus

Set out below are some of the key matters addressed by the Committee during 2024:

•  following  the  announcement  in  October  2024  that  Barbara  Moorhouse  would  be  stepping  down  as  Senior  Independent

Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee at the Annual General Meeting in 2025, the Committee engaged Spencer

Stuart and Associates Limited, an independent executive search firm, to support in its search for a replacement non-executive

director across a diverse group of internal and external candidates. Spencer Stuart and Associates Limited have no connection

with the Company or with any of the Directors.

•  undertook a full review of succession plans for the Executive Directors and Senior Leadership Team, and agreed steps to

further strengthen the plans; and

•  agreed the framework and  scope of the internal Board effectiveness review. The findings  from  this  review are described

below.

The Committee’s key focus in 2025 will be to refresh its composition, with the appointment of two new non-executive directors

to the Board, one of whom will then transition to become Chair of the Board in preparation for my stepping down from the Board

at the 2026 AGM. Furthermore, the Committee will continue its search to find a successor for Mike Johns, who stepped down as

CFO on 25 March 2025. The findings from the 2024 performance evaluation, will also be considered by the Committee in the Board

succession planning process.

#### Annual Review of Performance and Effectiveness

The annual review of Board and its Committees effectiveness for the year ended 31 December 2024 took place on 25 February

2025. The Committee determined that it was appropriate for an internally facilitated review to be undertaken and approved the

structure of the review. The Chairman led the evaluation with the SID leading the evaluation of the Chairman.

The review took the form of a dedicated session held outside of a scheduled Board meeting, with all Directors and the Interim

Company Secretary in attendance. At this session, Directors were asked to consider:

•  the actions taken in response to the findings from the previous year’s Board effectiveness review;

•  the strategic decisions taken by the Board and its Committees over the past 12 months, and how effective the Board and its

Committees had been in reaching these decisions;

•  shareholder engagement;

•  the quality and timing of information provided to the Board and its Committees the collective effectiveness of the Board and

its Committees; and

•  the individual effectiveness of each Board member. Each Board member was required to leave the room while their own

effectiveness was being discussed.

The results of the evaluation were presented to the Committee at its meeting held in March 2025 and actions required to address

areas for improvement were agreed.

Overall, the review concluded that the Board, its Committees and each Director continued to operate effectively and that this

Committee is operating effectively and fulfilling the duties delegated to it by the Board.

The Board therefore supports the re-election of our directors, in accordance with the 2024 Corporate Governance Code, at the

Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2025.

Ivan Martin

Chair, Nominations Committee

25 March 2025

![Graphics]()

### Audit Committee Report

34

Committee Membership Member Since Scheduled Meetings Attended

Sara Dickinson (Chair) 1 October 2021, becoming Chair on 1 April

2022

3/3

Barbara Moorhouse 1 April 2017 (Served as Chair until 1 April 2022) 3/3

Sara Dickinson is Chair of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) who has recent and relevant financial experience through her

current role as Chief Financial Officer of a significant global business. The other member of the Committee is Barbara Moorhouse.

The  Committee  as  a  whole  has  competence  relevant  to  the  business  and  the  qualifications  and  experience  of  all  Committee

members  can  be  found  within  their  biographies  on  pages  24 and  25.  In  accordance  with  the  recommendations  of  the 2018

Corporate  Governance  Code,  Ivan  Martin,  Chair  of  the  Board,  is  not  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee,  but  he  does  attend

meetings  as  an  observer.  Other  regular  attendees  are  the  CEO,  CFO  and  representatives  from  RSM  as  external  auditors.  The

Committee also met with RSM, without management being present, and the Chair engaged regularly with the lead audit partner.

#### Main Responsibilities of the Committee

The Audit Committee reports to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities. It meets at least three times a year, and

its main responsibilities are to:

•  ensure the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting to shareholders and any announcements relating to the Group’s

financial performance

•  ensure financial statements comply with UK statutory requirements

•  review  the  content  of  the  Annual  Report  and  advise  the  Board  on  whether,  taken  as  a  whole,  it  is  fair,  balanced  and

understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business

model and strategy

•  monitor the effectiveness of internal controls and risk management in compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance

Code

•  agree internal audit plans and consider their outcomes

•  on behalf of the Board, carry out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group

•  ensure  the  effectiveness  of  the  external  audit  function,  agree  the  scope  of  the  audits  and  the  auditors’  fees,  terms  of

engagement

•  oversee climate-change reporting

The  Committee’s  terms  of  reference,  which  are  reviewed  annually,  can  be  found  on  the  Company’s  website

www.aptitudesoftware.com

![Graphics]()

35

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present this report, which provides an overview of the areas of focus for the Committee during the year, as well

as its key activities and the framework within which it operates.

#### Areas of focus

Set out below are some of the key matters addressed by the Committee during 2024:

•  reviewed  the  2023  Annual  Report,  determined  that  it  was  fair,  balanced  and  understandable,  and  recommended  it  for

approval by the Board

•  monitored the integrity of the financial statements of the Group and financial announcements released during 2024

•  carried out an assessment of the principal and climate-related risks to determine that they remained appropriate

•  identified areas for an internal audit/assurance review and considered the findings from these reviews

•  reviewed  and  developed  the  Group's  internal  financial  controls  and  internal  controls  and  risk  management  systems  in

preparation for the requirements of Provision 29 of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code

•  reviewed the calculations to determine the Company’s overall carbon footprint and considered appropriate decarbonisation

steps to be taken. Further information on this work is contained in the Responsible Business Report on pages 13 to 15

•  assessed the performance and independence of RSM and recommended to the Board that RSM reappointment be put to

shareholders at the 2025 Annual General Meeting

In addition to the Committee’s responsibilities as set out in its terms of reference, the Committee’s focus for 2025 will be:

•  monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of material controls

•  launching an employee fraud awareness campaign

•  conducting a periodic renew of our approach to assessing our principal risks

•  supporting new employees in key roles within the Finance function; and

•  considering the findings from internal audits which may be undertaken

#### Internal Control

The Group maintains an ongoing process in respect of internal control to safeguard shareholders’ investments and the Group’s

assets and to facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the Group.

These processes enable the Group to respond appropriately (in accordance with the Code), and in a timely fashion, to significant

business,  operational,  financial,  compliance  and  other  risks,  which  may  otherwise  prevent  the  achievement  of  the  Group’s

objectives.

The Group recognises that it operates in a competitive market that can be affected by factors and events outside its control. Details

of the principal risks identified by the Group are set out in the table on pages 20 to 21. The Group is committed to mitigating risks

arising wherever possible and reviews the risks impacting the business on an ongoing basis. The Board considers that internal

controls, rigorously applied and monitored, are an essential tool in mitigating risks.

The key elements of the Group’s internal control framework, which have been effective during 2024 and up to the date of approval

of these financial statements, are:

•  the existence of a clear organisational structure with defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority from the

Board to its Executive Directors and operating businesses;

•  a procedure for the regular review of business issues and risks by the operating businesses;

•  a planning and management reporting system operated by the operating business and the Executive Directors; and

•  the establishment of prudent operating and financial policies.

![Graphics]()

### Audit Committee Report

36

The Directors have overall responsibility for establishing financial and other reporting procedures to provide them with a reasonable

basis on which to make proper judgements as to the financial position and prospects of the Group and have responsibility for

establishing the Group’s systems of internal control and for monitoring their effectiveness.

The Group’s systems are designed to provide Directors with reasonable assurance that physical and financial assets are safeguarded,

transactions are authorised and properly recorded, and material errors and irregularities are either prevented or detected with

minimum delay. However, systems of internal financial control can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against

material misstatement or loss.

The key features of the systems of internal financial control include:

•  financial planning process with an annual financial plan approved by the Board. The plan is regularly updated providing an

updated forecast for the year;

•  monthly comparison of actual results against plan;

•  written procedures detailing operational and financial internal control policies which are reviewed on a regular basis;

•  regular reporting to the Board on tax, treasury and legal matters;

•  defined investment control guidelines and procedures; and

•  periodic reviews by the Audit Committee of the Group’s systems and procedures.

Most of the Group’s financial and management information is processed and stored on computer systems. The Group is dependent

on systems that require sophisticated computer networks. The Group has established controls and procedures over the security of

data held on such systems, including business continuity arrangements.

Controls in respect of financial reporting and the production of the consolidated financial statements are well established. Group

accounting  policies  are  consistently  applied  and  reviewed  and  reconciliation  controls  operate  effectively.  Standard  reporting

packages  are  used  by  all  Group  entities  to  ensure  consistent  and  accurate  information  is  available  for  the  production  of  the

consolidated financial statements. The Committee has also carried out a review of enhancements to our framework of internal

controls to ensure compliance with the incoming Provision 29 of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code.

On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee has also reviewed the key risks facing the Group, and the operation and effectiveness

of its framework of internal control for the year ended 31 December 2024 and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report.

#### Significant Judgements

The significant judgements considered by the Audit Committee in its review of the 2024 financial statements are set out below.

#### Revenue Recognition

Embedded  within  the  Group’s  policy on  revenue  recognition are  a  number of  areas  in  which  management  assumptions  and

estimates are necessary.

These principally comprise:

•  the assessment on inception of each contract of whether ongoing contractual obligations, charged as software maintenance,

represent a separately distinct performance obligation and promise from the licence;

•  the determination of whether these revenues should be recognised over time and the period across which revenue recognition

should take place;

•  the  assessment  that  development  activity,  determined  as  being  the  most  reasonable  measure  of  recognising  software

revenue, is consistent across the period;

•  the evaluation by management on a contract-by-contract basis of where revenue should be constrained to the amount of any

amount invoiced and paid. This exists in customers where the product has not yet been deployed into a live client environment

and sufficient challenges exist that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business;

•  whether the entry into annual renewal periods represents a new contract; and

•  the evaluation of whether implementation services represent a distinct performance obligation and promise from the licence.

![Graphics]()

37

In undertaking their review, the Audit Committee receives both an overview of significant contracts entered into during the course

of the year along with a sample of other contracts entered into prior to 2024 which provides the opportunity to discuss the impact

and application of each of these assumptions and estimates on the contracts selected. The Audit Committee carefully considered

and discussed with the external auditors the revenue recognition on these contracts and concluded that they are satisfied with

the accounting treatment.

As part of the Audit Committee’s normal activities the Committee was provided with an overview of significant balances, including

deferred income, together with the movement on those balances since the previous year end.

The Committee concluded that the recognition of revenue continues to be in line with the Group’s accounting policy on revenue

recognition.

#### Annual Goodwill Impairment Review

Goodwill is a material asset on the Group’s balance sheet, and it is the Group’s policy to annually test the asset for impairment.

The judgements in relation to goodwill impairment testing relate to the assumptions applied in calculating the value in use of the

Aptitude business. The key assumptions applied in the calculation relate to the future performance expectations of the business.

Plans prepared by senior management supporting the future performance expectations used in the calculation were reviewed

and approved by the Board. The Audit Committee received a presentation on the outcome of the impairment review performed

by senior management. The Audit Committee concluded that there was no requirement to impair the carrying value of goodwill

at the year end.

#### Development Costs

As the Group continues to grow its product  suite  it  incurs  a  significant  level  of associated costs which this year totaled £17.7

million. A key area of judgment in respect of development costs is whether any of these meet the criteria set out in IAS 38 for

capitalisation.

The  Audit  Committee  received  a  presentation  from  management  outlining  the  review  performed  on  all  development  costs

incurred during the year against the relevant criteria and concluded that no capitalisation was required.

#### Tax

The Group operates in a number of territories which increases the complexity of the Group’s tax affairs. Senior management

provide regular updates of the Group’s tax status to the Board and Audit Committee for consideration. The Group continues to

assess the risk that some elements of its supplies in certain USA states would have been subject to sales tax in previous periods as

a result of recent changes in the interpretation and application of sales tax regulations in the USA. The business continues to work

with its external advisors on ensuring it applies sales tax to any new contracts in the USA where required. In all other aspects the

Audit Committee is currently satisfied with the tax position of the Group.

#### Accounting Standards

There have not been any new accounting standards effective during the year which had any significant impact on the Group’s

accounting policies and disclosures in these financial statements. The Audit Committee continues to monitor the application of

relevant accounting standards to the Group including standards which are not yet effective, engaging with the external auditors

on  this  subject  as  appropriate.  Most  of the  new  standards,  amendments  and  interpretations,  which  are  effective  for  periods

beginning after  1  January 2025  and  which have  not  been adopted  early,  are not  expected  to have  a  significant effect  on  the

consolidated financial statements of the Group.  The effect of IFRS 18, which has an effective date of 1 January 2027 has not yet

been considered.

#### Internal Audit

The Audit Committee, with engagement from the wider Board and senior management, determines those areas of focus requiring

specific internal audit review. Specialist external organisations with relevant experience are engaged where necessary to support

in internal audit reviews, who can bring independence and wider industry knowledge to the reviews. The results of all internal

audit work undertaken are presented to the Audit Committee.

The Committee has been satisfied with the processes for  identifying  areas  for  assurance  review, manual deferrals conducting

reviews, and addressing any findings. With the Board’s support, the Committee maintains that a separate internal audit function

is unnecessary.

![Graphics]()

### Audit Committee Report

38

External Auditor

RSM were appointed external auditor and Graham Ricketts was appointed external audit partner on 17 September 2021. External

audit partners  are  rotated every  five  years in  accordance  with Auditing  Practices  Board standards  (seven  years for  subsidiary

companies). The Committee intends to comply fully with the FRC Guidance on External Auditors and carry out an audit tender

at least every ten years and mandatory rotation at least every 20 years. The Audit Committee meets at least annually with the

Group’s external auditor without the other Directors present. The external auditor has unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.

To fulfil its responsibility regarding the effectiveness of the external Auditor and oversight of the audit process, principal procedures

carried out by the Committee include:

•  Review of the relevant skills and experience of the audit partner and team.

•  Review of the Auditor’s planning report detailing scope of the audit, materiality and identification of areas of audit risk.

•  Consideration of formal  reports  from  the Auditor about the  audit  process,  issues which arose during  the  audit  and their

resolution, key accounting issues and judgements.

•  Consideration  of  recommendations  made  by  the  external  Auditor  in  their  management  letters  and  the  adequacy  of

management’s response.

Based upon its reviews the Committee has recommended the reappointment of RSM as external Auditor to the Board.

#### Non-audit services

The Audit  Committee  and  the Board  keep  the external  auditor’s  independence under close  scrutiny.  The Group  also  receives

a formal statement of independence and objectivity from the external auditors each year. A policy is in place that governs the

provision of non-audit services provided by RSM, setting out those services that are permissible and the process to be followed

to obtain approval for such services. All such services must be approved. The policy is regularly reviewed by the Committee. The

Committee monitors compliance with the policy and the monetary cap on non-audit fees. The external auditor did not provide any

non-audit services in 2024 or the prior year.

#### Anti Bribery & Corruption

Aptitude is committed to ensuring adherence to the highest legal and ethical standards and is committed to upholding all laws

relevant to countering bribery and corruption in all the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Managers are also responsible for the effective operation of the policy and to actively monitor the procedures and processes put

in place by Aptitude.

All employees must:

•  Observe their contractual duty to disclose to Aptitude any ‘out of work interests‘

•  Assist Aptitude in identifying and preventing corrupt activities, be vigilant and report any suspicious activity or any instances

of bribery or attempted bribery (whether affecting themselves, another employee or an external contractor or consultant)

immediately to the SVP, People & Culture.

Acts of bribery and corruption, or failure by any of Aptitude’s employees to report suspected acts of bribery or corruption, are

disciplinary offences and will be dealt with under Aptitude’s disciplinary procedure. Serious offences may be regarded as gross

misconduct which could result in immediate dismissal.

![Graphics]()

39

#### Whistleblowing policy

The whistleblowing policy enables workers (including employees and other individuals performing functions for Aptitude, such as

agency workers and contractors) to voice any concerns in a responsible and effective manner. The policy states that if a worker

discovers information which they believe shows serious malpractice or wrongdoing within the organisation then this information

should be disclosed internally without fear of reprisal. A dedicated email address is provided for any whistleblowing concerns

to be raised, which will be sent to an independent non-executive Board member. All matters will be treated with the strictest

confidence and the worker’s identity will not be disclosed without their prior consent. The worker’s concerns will be considered

and further investigation undertaken as necessary. If during the investigation it is deemed necessary for the identity of the worker

to be disclosed, their consent will be sought. The matter will then be reported to the Board in order that appropriate action can

be taken. On conclusion of any investigation, as far as appropriate, the worker may be informed of the outcome and what action,

if any, the Board has taken or proposes to take.

#### Audit Committee evaluation

During the year, as part of the review of Board effectiveness overseen by the Nomination Committee, the Committee carried out

an evaluation of its effectiveness and concluded that it continued to carry out its role effectively.

Sara Dickinson

Chair, Audit Committee

#### Fair, balanced and understandable

In line with the committee’s responsibility for ensuring there are robust financial reporting procedures and internal controls

in place, and the UK Corporate Governance Code requirement for the Committee to advise the Board in relation to the annual

report and accounts, in particular whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable, the Committee undertook

an assessment of the integrated report and financial statements 2024. After completion of the review, the Committee was

satisfied that:

•  taken as a whole, the Group’s Integrated report and financial statements 2024, are fair, balanced and understandable;

•  the report accurately reflected the information shareholders would require in order to assess the Group’s position and

performance, business model and strategy; and

•  the use of alternative performance measures contained in the report assists in presenting a fair review of the Group’s

business.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

40

Committee Membership

1

Member Since Scheduled Meetings Attended

Barbara Moorhouse (Chair) 1 April 2017, becoming Chair on 16 March 2022 6/6

Ivan Martin 1 January 2016 6/6

Sara Dickinson 1 October 2021 6/6

1

Only Committee members have the right to attend Committee meetings, though other individuals such as the Executive Directors, senior management (except when their own

remuneration is being discussed) and external advisors may be invited to attend meetings as and when appropriate.

#### Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee of the Company, I am pleased to present our 2024 Remuneration Report. This report

provides  insight  into  the  decisions  the  Remuneration  Committee  (“Committee”)  has  taken  in  determining  the  remuneration

outcomes for our Executive Directors, our Senior Leadership Team and the wider workforce. It also provides a summary of our

Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) that was approved by shareholders at our 2023 Annual General Meeting and how the Committee

proposes to implement that Policy in 2025.

The  Committee’s  primary  function  is  to  ensure  that  the  delivery  of  the  Company’s  strategy  is  supported  by  the  Company’s

Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) and that remuneration decisions are taken in accordance with the Policy which reflect the needs of

the Company and its stakeholders. The Committee’s full terms of reference provide further details of the roles and responsibilities

of the Committee and are available on the Company’s website aptitudesoftware.com.

During the year, the Committee held six scheduled meetings, plus a number of additional ad hoc meetings for the purpose of

approving specific matters. The work of the Committee has included the monitoring of performance versus targets set for the

Management Bonus Scheme and for awards made under the Performance Share Plan to determine outcomes; setting the personal

and financial objectives  for the 2024 Annual Bonus  Plan; reviewing the workforce remuneration  arrangements; approving the

2024 salary increases implemented across the business; and approving remuneration arrangements for members of the Senior

Leadership Team.

The Committee also revised the rules of the Performance Share Plan 2016, implementing stricter criteria for an employee to be

considered a good leaver which aligns with the interests of our shareholders.

The Committee approved a new People Strategy designed to incentivise and motivate our employees to execute our strategy. In

performance management, we introduced a 9 Box Talent Management Tool to identify and manage top and bottom performers

within our workforce. To enhance engagement, we launched a new survey tool that better correlates engagement levels with

performance. The Committee also engaged Mercer Limited as our salary benchmarking partner to ensure a fair approach to pay,

implementing a “reward for performance” philosophy across the workforce.

As we are required to seek the standard triennial shareholder approval for a new remuneration policy at our AGM in 2026, the

Committee will, during 2025, consider whether existing remuneration arrangements, as set out in our current Policy, continue to

support the Company’s strategy.

Lastly,  as  announced  on  1  October  2024,  I  will  be  stepping  down  as  a  non-executive  director  of  the  Board  and  Chair  of  this

Committee at our AGM on 28 May 2025. I therefore take this opportunity to thank all of the Committee members for their support

during my tenure and wish Aptitude every success for the future.

Barbara Moorhouse

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

![Graphics]()

41

#### Performance for the year under review

2024 was a year of continuing  evolution  of  Aptitude’s strategic focus toward AI Autonomous  Finance,  supported  by  Fynapse.

In line with the refocused approach announced at the beginning of 2024, Aptitude conducted an organisational realignment to

pivot the business toward a modern SaaS led approach. This realignment has been underpinned by the Group’s key principles of

driving growth through Fynapse, increasing customer satisfaction to minimise churn and expanding our partner relationships. This

approach has been supported by our Remuneration Policy and performance management approach to ensure that we continue

to attract, retain and promote the right talent.

The  Committee  maintains  its  focus  on  ensuring  that  key  employees  are  appropriately  incentivised  over  the  longer  term.

Engagement on remuneration and benefits takes place in various forms with the SLT and the workforce.

All  permanent  employees  of  the  Group  participate  in  one  of  the  variable  remuneration  schemes  in  operation,  namely  the

Management Bonus Scheme, Sales Commission Plan, the Consultant’s Bonus Scheme, the Variable Compensation Scheme and

the Annual Profit Share Bonus Plan.  These schemes are reviewed annually to ensure proper alignment.  Awards of restricted stock

units (“RSUs”) were made in 2024 to key individuals outside of the SLT. These awards provide a clearer means of providing longer-

term incentives to employees, whilst retaining the link to overall corporate performance by being awarded in shares - further

information is provided on pages 41 and 42. The Committee will also continue to grant long term incentives to Executive Directors

and SLT members in the form of Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards, as it is appropriate for the potential total reward of these

individuals to be specifically linked to the generation of shareholder value. See page x for grants made during the year.

No discretion was applied by the Committee during the year ended 31 December 2024.

#### Remuneration Outcomes for 2024

Management Bonus Scheme

Both Executive Directors were eligible to earn bonuses for 2024 of up to 125% of salary, subject to performance against specific

financial and non-financial metrics. This resulted in an overall bonus amount of £68,056 for Alex Curran of which 20% will be paid

in the form of shares deferred for a period of two years, ensuring longer-term alignment with the interests of shareholders.

Mike Johns did not earn a bonus for 2024 given his departure from the Company.

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards granted in 2021

The PSP awards granted on 14 November 2021 were subject to i) 75% relative TSR performance for the three-year period which

ended on 14 November 2024; and ii) 25% EPS growth for the three years ended 31 December 2023. The Remuneration Committee

confirmed that these awards achieved nil vesting, as the Company’s EPS growth was below threshold and TSR in the performance

period was below the median of the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts).

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) awards granted in 2022

The PSP awards granted on 22 November 2022 were subject to i) 75% relative TSR performance for the three-year period which

ends on 22 November 2025; and ii) 25% EPS growth for the three years ended 31 December 2024. The Remuneration Committee

confirmed that the EPS growth was below threshold and therefore this element of the award vested at 0%.

#### Approach to Executive Director remuneration in 2025

The Group’s approach to Executive remuneration in 2025 will be in line with the Policy and in accordance with the recommendations

of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code (the “2024 Code”), as follows:

Base Salary

As disclosed last year and in line with policy across the Group, the Committee reviews the level of base salaries for Executive

Directors annually. The review takes account of business context, personal performance and relative salary data both internal and

external to the Group. Taking account of business performance and expected progress against strategy, Alex Curran’s base salary

will be increased from US$400,000 (previously reduced from US$450,000 with effect from 1 April 2024) to US$412,000.

Mike Johns’ base salary of £175,000 was not increased given his impending departure on 25 March 2025.

When  making  decisions  on  pay  for  Executive  Directors  and  senior  management,  the  Committee  considers  wider  workforce

remuneration and conditions to ensure they are aligned on an ongoing basis. The Group has internal processes in place to ensure

that pay levels across the Group are also fair in relation to the role type and the gender of employees. Further details on the

Group’s approach to diversity, equity and inclusion can be found on page 11.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

42

For all our employees, including the Executive Directors, the Committee benchmarks base salary levels for competitiveness. If

misalignment occurs, the Committee may review and adjust these salaries, subject to both corporate and individual performance.

The average increase in salaries across the Group during 2024 was 1.3%.

Benefits

In considering the salary increase for Alex Curran for 2025, the Committee recognised that in line with typical practice and reflecting

the Policy, the appropriate level of increase was 3%, aligned with the rest of the workforce.  However, the Committee was also

cognisant that Alex's position is different to that of the wider workforce and has determined that, due to her regular transatlantic

travel undertaken in her personal time, together with her significant contribution to the business, an annual disturbance allowance

of US$50,000 be paid to her in monthly instalments.  The disturbance allowance will not be taken into account for pension, bonus,

or PSP purposes.

Retirement benefits

Pension contributions for UK-based Executive Directors remain at 6% of salary in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration

Policy, a level which is consistent with pension contributions provided to the wider workforce. The CEO’s pension contribution will

be capped in accordance with plan rules and regulations (aligned with the US-based workforce).

Management Bonus Scheme

For 2025 the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will be 125% of salary, which is in line with our normal practice.

The level of bonuses earned will be subject to the achievement of appropriate performance measures. 75% of the opportunity will

be based on financial performance measures (expected to be based on Operating Profit, Annual Recurring Revenue and Revenue

with an equal weighting) and 25% on non-financial measures linked to the delivery of the Group’s key strategic goals. The payment

of any bonus in respect of non-financial measures will be conditional on the achievement of a financial underpin. 20% of any bonus

payment earned will be subject to a deferral period of two years and payable in shares.

PSP awards

For awards granted in 2025, the maximum PSP opportunity will be 125% of salary. Awards will be granted after the release of the

half yearly results and the Committee will have regard to share price performance and other relevant factors when confirming

the grants.

The performance measures will include a relative TSR  measure  for  at  least 50% of the award and at least one other financial

metric, such as EPS. The TSR measure will compare the Group’s TSR performance against a comparator group consisting of the

FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) over a three-year period from the date of grant, with 25% vesting for median

performance rising to 100% for upper-quartile performance. The weighting of the performance measures and the performance

targets for the other financial metric will be disclosed both at grant and in the 2025 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Malus and Clawback

In accordance with the 2024 Code, the Committee is mindful of the need to enhance our malus and clawback disclosure within

next year’s report to include the circumstances in which malus and clawback provisions could be used; a description of the period

for malus and clawback and why the selected period is best suited to the organisation; and whether the provisions were used in

the last reporting period.

Looking ahead – key focus areas for the Committee for 2025

During 2025, the Committee will continue to monitor and review our remuneration approach for the Board, members of the Senior

Leadership Team and the workforce, to ensure that it best supports the areas of strategic focus of the business. The Committee

will also consider appropriate changes to current Remuneration Policy to ensure that Aptitude is in line with best market practice

to continue to attract and retain high calibre individuals across its countries of operation in challenging global economic conditions

which impact both companies and employees.

#### Reporting and policy requirements

This Report comprises:

Part A being a summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”). The Policy describes our Remuneration Policy as it

relates to the Directors of the Company. All payments made to Directors of the Company will be in accordance with this Policy.

The current Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting.

Part B being the annual report on remuneration (the Implementation Report) which will be subject to an advisory vote at the

2025  AGM.  The  Implementation  Report provides  details  of  the remuneration  paid  to Directors  in  respect of  the  year  ended

31 December 2024.

![Graphics]()

43

#### Compliance

This Report (comprising this introduction and Parts A and B) has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and

The Large and Medium Sized Companies and Groups  (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations  2013, The Companies

(Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  and  Directors’  Remuneration  Report)  Regulations  2019  and  The  Companies  (Miscellaneous

Reporting) Regulations 2018. The Report also meets the relevant requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority Listing Rules.

As the Group employs fewer than 250 employees in the United Kingdom it is not required to disclose a Chief Executive Officer

(“CEO”)  pay  ratio  calculation.  Given  that  most  of  the  workforce  is outside  of  the  UK,  the  Group  considers  that  the  voluntary

publication of such a calculation would not provide a meaningful disclosure.

The Policy was developed taking in account the following principles set out in Provision 40 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance

Code:

Clarity

Performance metrics and personal objectives for the executive team and key employees reflect the Group’s targets and strategic

objectives and performance against these is scrutinised by the Committee. A balance is thereby achieved between the interests of

the Group’s shareholders, its wider stakeholders and incentivising the executive team and key employees.

Simplicity

The  elements  of  the  Group’s  executive  and  key  employee  remuneration  packages  are  clearly  communicated  internally  and

externally and are in line with accepted market practice, avoiding unnecessary complexities and ensuring transparency.

Risk

Performance metrics and personal objectives are set at levels that are considered stretching but achievable.

Remuneration packages are reviewed by the Committee to ensure that these are market-competitive and allow the Group to

attract and retain talented employees with the skills and capabilities that are necessary to drive forward the growth and success

of the Group.

In relation to Executive Directors, PSP awards are subject to a two-year holding period following the conclusion of the three-year

performance period, in-service and post-employment shareholding guidelines and a bonus deferral arrangement are in place to

support long term engagement and discourage short-termism.

Predictability

The Committee carefully considers the potential overall remuneration that may be earned by the Executive Directors to ensure

alignment to performance.

Proportionality

Individual remuneration reflects Group objectives but is dependent on the profitability of the Group and is appropriately balanced

against risk considerations. Potential rewards are market competitive and the Committee is comfortable that the range of potential

out-turns are appropriate and reasonable. The vesting of PSP awards is subject to a financial underpin and the Committee has the

ability to vary any formulaic vesting outcomes. The Committee also has discretion to reduce the level of vesting of RSU awards in

light of an assessment of Company performance against a number of criteria.

Salary reviews are considered in the context of those being awarded to the wider workforce. Pension arrangements are also in

line with the wider workforce.

Alignment to culture

Performance metrics and personal objectives are intentionally aligned with the Group’s corporate purpose, values and strategic

objectives. These values are embedded in the remuneration arrangements for all levels of the organisation in order to support the

collective delivery of the Group’s strategy.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

44

A. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY (“POLICY”)

The Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting. A summary

of the Policy for the Executive Directors, Chairman and Non-Executive Directors is set out below.

The entire Policy, as approved by shareholders, may be found on the Group’s website at https://www.aptitudesoftware.com/wp-

content/uploads/Annual-Report-2022.pdf on pages 58 to 66.

This part of the Report is unaudited.

Summary Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors

Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics

Basic salary

To pay a competitive basic salary to attract,

retain and motivate the talent required to

operate and develop the Group’s businesses

and to develop and deliver the Group’s

strategy.

Basic salaries are ordinarily reviewed on an

annual basis taking into account a number

of factors including (but not limited to):

(i)  scope of the role;

(ii)   performance and experience of the

individual;

(iii)  pay levels at comparable companies;

and

(iv)   pay and conditions elsewhere in the

Group.

Basic salaries are reviewed when an

individual changes role or responsibilities.

While no maximum salary level has been

set, salary increases will typically not exceed

the increases awarded to other employees

in the Group (in percentage of salary terms).

In appropriate circumstances, increases of

a higher amount may be made taking into

account individual circumstances such as:

•  an increase in scope or responsibility of

the individual’s role;

•  development of the individual

within the role (including enhanced

performance);

•  alignment to market level; and

•  a change in the size or complexity of the

business.

None, although overall performance of the

individual will be taken into consideration by

the Committee when setting and reviewing

salary levels.

Retirement benefits

To provide an opportunity for Executives to

build up income for retirement.

All Executive Directors are eligible to

participate in the Group Personal Pension

Scheme on the same terms as other

employees. In appropriate

circumstances, Executive Directors may

receive a cash allowance in lieu of a pension

contribution, or a combination of a pension

contribution and a cash allowance.

Pension contribution

The Group matches employee contributions

on a 2:1 basis with employer contributions

not exceeding 6% of basic salary. No

element other than basic salary is

pensionable.

Cash allowance

The maximum cash allowance (after

deducting any employer pension

contribution) is 6% of basic salary.

The maximum pension contribution and/

or cash allowance may be increased to take

account of any increase to the retirement

benefits provision for the wider workforce.

None.

Benefits

To provide market-competitive benefits.

Executive Directors receive benefits which

consist primarily of income protection in

the event of long-term ill health, private

healthcare insurance and death-in-service

benefits.

Other benefits may be provided based on

individual circumstances, such as relocation

and travel expenses.

No maximum value of benefits has been

set as benefits vary by role. However, the

level of benefits provided is set at a level

which the Committee considers to be

sufficient based on the role and individual

circumstances.

None.

Management Bonus Scheme

To incentivise and reward strong

performance against financial and non-

financial annual targets, thus delivering

value to shareholders.

The Committee assesses actual performance

compared to the performance targets

following the completion of the financial

year and determines the bonus payable to

each individual.

The Committee has discretion to amend the

pay-out should any formulaic outcome not

reflect the Committee’s assessment

of overall business performance or

if it considers the formulaic output

inappropriate in the context of

circumstances that were unexpected or

unforeseen.

For Executive Directors, 20% of any bonus

earned will be deferred into shares for a

period of two years, with the remainder

payable in cash.

Deferred Bonus Plan awards may take

the form of nil (or nominal) cost options,

conditional awards of shares or such other

form as has the same economic effect.

The maximum annual opportunity is 150%

of salary.

Performance measures and targets (and

their weightings where there is more than

one measure) are set by the Committee on

an annual basis to reflect the Company’s

strategic priorities.

At least 75% of the opportunity will be

based on key financial measures, and the

balance will be based on non-financial

measures.

Financial measures

Up to 50% of the maximum payable in

respect of a financial measure will be paid

for on target performance, increasing to

100% for stretch performance.

Non-financial measures

Vesting in respect of any non-financial

measure will be between 0% and 100%

based on the Committee’s assessment of

the extent to which the relevant measure

is achieved. Vesting in respect of any

non-financial measure will ordinarily be

subject to the satisfaction of a financial

performance underpin.

![Graphics]()

45

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics

An additional payment may be made in

respect of shares subject to deferred bonus

awards to reflect the value of dividends paid

during the period beginning with the date

of grant and ending with the date of release

(this payment may assume the reinvestment

of dividends into additional shares on a

cumulative basis).

Bonuses are subject to malus and clawback

provisions as referred to below the table.

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)

To drive sustained long-term performance

that supports the creation of shareholder

value.

The PSP is used to provide a meaningful

reward to Executive Directors linked to

the long-term success of the business, by

delivering annual awards in the form of nil

(or nominal)-cost options, conditional

awards of shares or such other form as has

the same economic effect.

Awards will be granted subject to

performance conditions, assessed over a

period of at least three years, but will not

vest or become exercisable until the end of

a holding period of two years from the date

on which the performance conditions are

assessed.

Alternatively, awards may be granted on

the basis that the participant is entitled to

acquire shares following the assessment of

the applicable performance conditions but

that (other than as regards sales to cover

tax liabilities) the participant is unable to

dispose of those shares until the end of the

holding period.

The Committee has discretion to vary the

formulaic vesting outturn if it considers

that the outturn does not reflect the

Committee’s assessment of performance

or is not appropriate in the context of

circumstances that were unexpected or

unforeseen at grant.

An additional payment may be made in

respect of shares which vest under the PSP

to reflect the value of dividends during any

period beginning with the date of grant and

ending on the day of exercise (this payment

may assume the reinvestment of dividends

into additional shares on a cumulative

basis).

Awards under the PSP are subject to malus

and clawback provisions as referred to

below the table.

The Committee may, at its discretion,

structure awards as Qualifying PSP awards

comprising both a tax qualifying option and

an ordinary PSP award, with the ordinary

PSP award scaled back at exercise to take

account of any gain made on the exercise of

the tax qualifying option. The provisions of

the Policy apply to the tax qualifying option

to the extent permitted by the relevant tax

legislation.

The PSP provides for awards of up to a

maximum limit of 150% of basic salary in

respect of any financial year of the Company

in normal circumstances.

In exceptional circumstances (such as on the

recruitment of a new Executive Director)

awards in respect of any financial year may

be granted at the level of up to 200% of

salary.

Where an award is granted as a Qualifying

PSP Award, the shares subject to the

tax qualifying option are not taken into

account for the purposes of these limits,

reflecting the “scale back” referred to in the

“Operation” column.

Vesting of PSP awards is subject to

performance against demanding

performance measures. Performance

metrics will ordinarily be based on financial

measures (such as EPS and TSR) and provide

for 25% of the award to vest for achieving a

threshold level of performance, with vesting

typically increasing on a straight line basis

to full vesting for meeting or exceeding a

stretching maximum level of performance.

Save As You Earn Scheme/ International

Sharesave Plan

To give all employees in the Group the

opportunity to buy shares.

All qualifying employees and Executive

Directors of the Group are invited to

participate in the Save As You Earn Scheme

or International Sharesave Plan.

Awards must comply with certain legislative

requirements to benefit from beneficial tax

treatment.

Employees can save up to £500 per month

(being the highest amount permitted under

the relevant legislation) for a three year

period, and can then use those savings to

acquire shares at the end of the period at an

exercise price set at the start of the savings

contract. Awards in the United Kingdom can

be made at a discount of up to 20% to the

market value of a share (being the highest

level of discount permitted under the

applicable legislation).

None.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

46

#### Notes to the Policy Table

#### Selection of performance measures

The performance measures under the Management Bonus Scheme and PSP are selected to reflect the main KPIs and strategic

priorities for the Group. The Committee’s policy is to set performance targets which are both stretching and achievable and that

the maximum outcomes are only available for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions applying to subsisting awards may be amended or substituted by the Committee if an event occurs (such

as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market conditions)

which causes the Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is required in order

that they achieve their original purpose.

#### Operation of share plans

The Committee has discretion to operate the Company’s share plans (including the PSP, the Deferred Bonus Plan, the Save As You

Earn Scheme and the International Sharesave Plan) in accordance with their terms, including the ability to settle awards, in whole

or in part, in cash and to adjust the terms of awards in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any demerger,

delisting, special dividend or other relevant event. The Committee has no intention to settle any Executive Director’s award in cash

and would do so only in exceptional circumstances, such as where there was a regulatory restriction on the delivery of shares, or

in respect of any tax liability arising in respect of an award.

#### Shareholding guidelines

During employment, Executive Directors are expected to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their base salary,

by the end of the three-year period following their appointment to the Board. Directors are not expected to acquire shares in

the market in order to meet this guideline but instead are expected to retain shares acquired through the Group’s share plans.

Shares  subject  to  PSP  awards  which  have  vested  but  which  remain  subject  to  a  holding  period,  shares  subject  to  vested  but

unexercised PSP awards and shares subject to Deferred Bonus Plan awards count towards the guideline on a net of assumed tax

basis. Shareholdings will be valued on an annual basis at 31 December for the purpose of this guideline.

Other senior executives must retain half of the after-tax number of shares they acquire pursuant to the PSP until the day that their

shareholding has a value equal to their basic salary.

The Company adopted a post-employment shareholding requirement during 2020. Shares are subject to this requirement only if

they are acquired from share plan awards (PSP or Deferred Bonus Plan) granted after 1 January 2020. Following employment, an

Executive Director must retain:

•  until the audit sign-off of the financial statements for the year in which they leave the business, such of their shares which

are subject to the post-employment requirement as are equal to the shareholding guideline that applies during employment

(currently 200% of salary); and

•  until the audit sign-off of the financial statements for the following year, such of those shares as are equal to 50% of the

shareholding guideline that applies during employment;

or in either case and if fewer, all of those shares.

#### Malus and clawback

Malus may be applied before a bonus is paid or before the assessment of performance conditions in relation to a PSP award.

Clawback may be applied to a cash bonus for up to two years after payment, to a PSP award for up to two years following the

assessment of performance conditions (i.e. up to the end of the two-year holding period) and to a Deferred Bonus Plan award

before it vests.

Malus  and  clawback  may  be  applied  in  the  event  of  a  material  misstatement  of  accounts,  an error  in  assessing  performance

conditions, misconduct on  the  part  of the participant, fraud,  malpractice,  corporate failure, serious reputational  damage  or  a

material failure of risk management.

![Graphics]()

47

#### Remuneration policy for Non-Executive Directors

The Policy for Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board having taken account of the fees in other companies of similar size and

the limits set in the Company’s Articles of Association. When recruiting Non-Executive Directors, the remuneration offered will

be in line with the Policy table below.

#### Non-Executive Directors’ Policy Table

Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

Fees

To attract and retain Non-Executive

Directors of the highest calibre with broad

commercial and other experience relevant

to the Company.

Each Non-Executive Director is paid a

basic fee. Additional fees are payable for

acting as Senior Independent Director and

as Chairman of the Audit, Remuneration

and Nomination Committees and may

be paid for other roles or increased time

commitments.

The fees paid to the Non-Executive

Directors are determined by the Board.

Fee levels are determined by reference

to fees paid to Non-Executive Directors in

similar sized businesses and the expected

time commitment and complexity of the

role.

The Non-Executive Directors are not

eligible to participate in the Company’s

performance-related incentive plans or

pension arrangements.

Non-Executive Directors may be eligible

to receive benefits such as the use of

secretarial support, travel costs and

other benefits that may be considered

appropriate.

Non-Executive Director fees are typically

reviewed by the Board every year with any

adjustments ordinarily effective from 1 April

each year.

Increases typically do not exceed those

of the wider workforce, however, in

appropriate circumstances, increases of a

higher amount may be made taking into

account individual circumstances such as:

• an increase in scope or responsibility of

the individual’s role;

•  alignment to market level; and

• a change in the size or complexity of the

business.

The maximum aggregate fees for all

Non-Executive Directors will remain within

the limit permitted by the Company’s

Articles of Association from time to time.

None.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

48

B. ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

The  following  section  provides  details  of  how  the  Company’s  Remuneration  Policy  was  implemented  during  the  year  ended

31 December 2024 along with information on how the Policy is to be applied in 2025 and other required disclosures. The sections

of the report which are audited are clearly identified as such in the section heading.

#### Single total figure of remuneration (audited)

#### Executive Directors

The  table  below  sets  out  a  single  figure  for  the  total  remuneration  received  by  each  Executive  Director  for  the  year  ended

31 December 2024 and the prior year.

Alex Curran Mike Johns

2024

1

£

2023

2

£

2024

£

2023

3

£

Basic Salary 315,823 133,578 175,000 109,124

Taxable Benefits

5

9,779 5,867 0 12

Pension 8,006 2,414 10,500 6,553

Management Bonus

5

68,056 30,428 0 14,577

Long Term Incentives

6

0 0 0 0

Total 401,664 172,287 185,500 130,266

Total Fixed Remuneration 333,608 141,859 185,500 115,689

Total Variable Remuneration 68,056 30,428 0 14,577

1   As Alex is paid in USD, her monthly fixed remuneration has been converted to GBP based on the FX rates at each month end. Her management bonus has been converted to GBP

based on the FX rate at 31 December 2024

2   Alex Curran was appointed to the Board on 12 July 2023. Her single total figure of remuneration for 2023 has been calculated from her date of appointment and excludes any

remuneration received in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. The full Management Bonus received in 2023 has been included, reflecting the period in respect of which

the Management Bonus was earned. As Alex is paid in USD, her monthly fixed remuneration has been converted to GBP based on the FX rates at each month end. Her management

bonus has been converted to GBP based on the FX rate at 31 December 2023.

3   Mike Johns was appointed to the  Board on 17 May 2023. His single total figure of remuneration  for  2023 has been calculated from his date of appointment and  excludes  any

remuneration received in the capacity of an employee prior to that date. The full Management Bonus received in 2023 has been included, reflecting the period in respect of which

the Management Bonus was earned.

4  Taxable benefits consist primarily of private healthcare insurance.

5  See page 49 for details of bonuses earned under the Management Bonus Scheme in respect of 2024.

6  See page 50 for details of remuneration earned from long- term incentives during 2024.

#### Non-Executive Directors

The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director (including Ivan Martin,

Non-Executive Chairman) who served during the year ended 31 December 2024 and the prior year. As the Non-Executive Directors

do not participate in any variable remuneration arrangement, separate sub-totals for fixed and variable remuneration are not

included.

Ivan Martin Barbara Moorhouse Sara Dickinson

2024

£

2023

£

2024

£

2023

£

2024

£

2023

£

Basic Salary 162,575 161,088 52,480 52,000 52,480 52,000

Committee Chair/SID Fees 6,570 6,510 16,330 16,180 9,330 9,245

Total 169,145 167,598 68,810 68,180 61,810 61,245

1  Non-Executive Directors’ fees were not increased effective 1 April 2024 as disclosed in the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

![Graphics]()

49

#### Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2024 (audited)

#### Management Bonus Scheme

The  Committee’s  approach  to  the  determination  of  bonuses  for  the  Executive  Directors  in  respect  of  2024  is  set  out  in  the

statement from the Chair of the Committee on page 41. As described in that statement, each Executive Director was awarded a

maximum bonus opportunity of 125% of their salary (the “Management Bonus”).

As in previous years, the Committee determined that 75% of the Management Bonus opportunity for each Executive Director

would be based on performance against financial metrics, being a combination of Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”), Revenue

and Operating Profit (equal weighting (25% each)), with the remaining 25% based on non-financial objectives specific to each

individual.

#### Financial performance measures (75% of the bonus opportunity)

The table below sets out the targets, performance against them, and the amount of bonus earned by Alex Curran by reference to

Company performance against financial measures. As noted above, Mike Johns did not earn a bonus for 2024.

Bonus Measure Weighting

Threshold at

which bonuses

accrued

On-target

performance

level

Stretch

performance

Level

Actual

performance

Level

Amount of

bonus earned

(% of salary)

Management Bonus  Annual Recurring

Revenue

25% of the

financial measures

opportunity

£52.0m £53.6m £55.2m £52.0m –

Revenue 25% of the

financial measures

opportunity

£70.0m £71.5m £73.0m £70.0m –

Profit 25% of the

financial measures

opportunity

£9.9m £10.6m £11.5m £10.2m £21,351

Total Bonus earned £21,351

1   The recurring revenue base target  was  set on a constant currency basis, using a planned conversion rate from  USD  of  1.262. The actual reported result of £52.1m million was

converted using the prevailing year end USD rate of 1.255.

2   Operating profit has been adjusted to remove the impact of any non-underlying items. The target and actual operating profit amounts are shown prior to any adjustments for the

Management Bonus Scheme.

#### Non-financial performance measures (25% of the bonus opportunity for both

#### the Management Bonus and the Chief Executive Bonus) (audited)

A summary of the Committee’s assessment of the CEO’s performance against the key strategic goals is set out below.

Alex Curran

Measure Committee assessment of performance

Develop relationships with existing partners to enable

them to deliver scalable growth.

Relationships with existing partners have deepened in the year, allowing an increase in the rate of new

business sourced through partnerships in the year and exceeding the targeted rate.

Deliver product-market fit for Fynapse. The business has been re-organised to centre around the Fynapse opportunity, and further steps will be

taken in 2025 to complete this alignment. There has been positive new business success with Fynapse

in the year, including new business wins and conversions of existing clients.

Satisfy our clients by reinforcing existing product

capabilities and providing exceptional service.

Organisational changes made in the year have delivered positive change to the client experience, and

this has been demonstrated by reducing levels of software churn in the year.

Become a high performing organisation. Performance management processes have been tightened and enhanced to identify and manage both

high and low performers, while minimising the level of regrettable leavers.

Overall, the Committee concluded that, in light of the progress made against objectives, Alex Curran would receive a bonus of

£46,705 under the non-financial element of the 2024 bonus, reflecting an overall assessment of performance against the personal

objectives set of between threshold and on-target. Overall, this resulted in a total 2024 bonus being earned by Alex Curran of

£68,056.

20% of the bonus payment is subject to a deferral period of two years and payable in shares. A Deferred bonus award will be

granted to Alex Curran following the release of the 2024 Annual Results. The award is not subject to any additional performance

conditions and is treated on cessation of employment in accordance with the Directors' Remuneration Policy.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

50

#### PSP awards vesting in respect of performance in 2023 (audited)

The PSP awards granted on 14 November 2021 were subject to i) 75% relative TSR performance for the three-year period which

ended on 14 November 2024; and ii) 25% EPS growth for the three years ended 31 December 2024. The Remuneration Committee

confirmed that these awards achieved nil vesting, as the Company’s EPS growth was less than 15.74p per share and TSR in the

performance period was below the median of the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts).

#### PSP awards vesting in respect of performance in 2024 (audited)

The PSP awards granted on 22 November 2022 were subject to i) 75% relative TSR performance for the three-year period which

ends on 22 November 2025; and ii) 25% EPS growth for the three years ended 31 December 2024. The Remuneration Committee

confirmed that the EPS growth was below threshold and therefore this element of the award vested at 0%.

#### Share awards granted during the year (audited)

On 5 September 2024 share options under the Performance Share Plan were awarded to Alex Curran and Mike Johns. Each award

was granted in the form of an option with an exercise price of 7 1/3 pence per share. The awards were made at 125% of salary,

in line with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM. The Remuneration Committee will consider the

vesting outturns determined by reference to the performance conditions and retains discretion in relation to the total level of

reward arising from the 2024 award having regard to overall Company performance, the wider stakeholder experience, and the

outcome of prior year PSP schemes.

Executive Director

Number of shares

subject

to award Basis of award

Face value of

award

1

% of award vesting

for threshold

performance

Alex Curran 110,739 125% of salary £382,050

2

25%

Mike Johns 63,467 125% of salary £218,962

2

25%

1  Based on a share price of £3.45 being the average of the mid-market closing share price on the three days prior to the date of grant.

2  As Alex’s salary is in USD, a USD:GBP FX rate of 0.761809 was applied, representing the FX rate at the month end prior to the granting of awards.

The vesting of these options is subject to the satisfaction of the performance conditions based on:

(a)   as  regards  75%  of  the shares subject to the  options,  the  Company’s  Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) measured  over  the

period of three years commencing on the date of grant, compared with the TSR of a comparator group consisting of the

companies constituting the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) as follows:

Rank of the Company’s TSR against the TSR of the members of the

comparator Group

Percentage of the options subject to the TSR performance

condition that vests

Below median 0%

Median 25%

Between median and upper quartile Determined on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%

Upper quartile 100%

(b)   as regards the other 25% of the shares subject to the options, the Company’s diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) for the 2026

financial year, being the final financial year of the EPS performance period, as follows:

Diluted EPS for the final year of the performance period

Percentage of the options subject to the EPS performance

condition that vests

15.35 pence 25%

Between 15.35 pence and 17.65 pence Between 25% and 100%

17.65 pence or more 100%

The awards are also subject to a further underpin condition. No element of any award will vest unless the Committee determines

that the level of vesting reflects the overall financial performance of the Group over the performance period.

These awards are subject to a two-year holding period following the end of the performance period.

![Graphics]()

51

#### Termination payments and payments to past Directors (audited)

Jeremy Suddards

Jeremy Suddards, former Chief Executive Officer, stepped down as a Director of the Company on 27 July 2023 and his final date of

employment with the Aptitude Group was 31 July 2023. As reported in the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report, Jeremy retained

his outstanding DBP and PSP awards. In accordance with the rules of the plans, the DBP awards vested on 31 March 2024 (11,451

shares acquired) and the PSP awards were exercised on 14 May 2024 (38,091 shares acquired).

Philip Wood

Philip Wood, former Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, stepped down from the Board on 20 July 2023. As

reported in the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report, Philip retained his outstanding DBP and PSP awards. In accordance with

the rules of the plans, the DBP awards vested on 31 March 2024 (10,701 shares acquired) and the PSP awards were exercised on

14 May 2024 (27,996 shares acquired).

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

52

#### Implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2025

#### Basic salary

As explained on page 41, the base salary of Alex Curran will be increased in 2025 to $412,000. Mike Johns’ salary was not increased

given his impending departure from the Company.

As further explained on page 42, Alex Curran will receive an additional allowance, which will not be taken into account for pension,

bonus, or PSP purposes.

#### Management Bonus Scheme

For 2025 the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will be 125% of salary, with 50% of the maximum paid for on

target performance.

Bonuses will be based on performance compared to a number of financial metrics (as regards 75% of the overall opportunity) and

the achievement of a number of non-financial performance measures set for the year (as regards 25% of the overall opportunity).

The financial metrics are expected to include Operating Profit, Revenue and Annual Recurring Revenue growth. The non-financial

performance  measures  will  be  subject  to  a  financial  underpin.  In  the  view  of  the  Committee  the  measures  and  targets  are

commercially sensitive as they give competitors information in relation to the Company’s targets and plans. Information will be

disclosed when no longer considered commercially sensitive, as with the disclosure of the 2024 bonus outturn on page 49.

20%  of  any  bonus  earned  will  be  deferred  into  shares  for  a  period  of  two  years.  Deferred  shares  will  be  granted  following

announcement of the Company’s results by which the bonus payment was determined. An additional payment may also be made

in shares to reflect the value of any dividends paid during the two-year deferral period.

#### Long-term incentives

Awards under the PSP will be granted to Executive Directors in 2025. Under the Remuneration Policy, the maximum grant of PSP

for Executive Directors is 150% of salary, except in exceptional circumstances (such as on the recruitment of a new Executive

Director) where awards may be granted at the level of up to 200% of salary. In 2025 the maximum PSP opportunity will remain at

125% of salary. The performance measures will include a relative TSR measure for at least 50% of the award and at least one other

financial metric, such as EPS. The TSR performance measure will compare the Company’s TSR performance with a comparator

group consisting of the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts), with 25% of the TSR element vesting for performance

at median, rising to 100% for upper-quartile performance. TSR performance will be assessed over the three-year period from the

date of grant. Details of the other financial measure (and of the associated targets) and of the weightings between the measures

will be disclosed both at grant and in the 2025 Directors’ Remuneration Report. Targets will be set to ensure that full vesting

requires the achievement of stretching levels of performance, with threshold performance delivering 25% vesting.

The awards will be subject to a two-year holding period following the end of the performance period, at the end of which they will

vest and can be exercised.

An additional payment will also be made in shares to reflect the value of any dividends paid during the two-year holding period.

In line with market practice, the Committee has determined that Redundancy will not be an automatic Good Leaver circumstance,

as reflected in the rules of the scheme.

#### Non-Executive Director fees

Fees  for  the  Chairman  and  Non-Executive  Directors  were  not  increased  during  2024,  as  disclosed  in  last  year’s  Directors’

Remuneration Report.

For  2025,  the  Committee  has  reviewed  the  Chairman’s  fee  and  the  Board  of  Directors  have  reviewed  the  fees  for  the  other

Non-Executive  Directors.  Following  these  reviews,  the  Chairman's  fee  and  the  Basic  Non-Executive  Director  fee  have  been

increased by 3%, as per the table below. Given Barbara Moorhouse steps down from the Board at the 2025 AGM, the increase in

basic non-executive director fee will not be applicable to her.

![Graphics]()

53

Fee at 31 December

2024

Fee at 1 April

2025

Chairman £162,575 £167,452

Basic Non-Executive Director fee

£

52,480 £54,054

Audit Committee Chair fee £9,330 £9,330

Remuneration Committee Chair fee £8,165 £8,165

Senior Independent Director fee £8,165 £8,165

Nomination Committee Chair fee £6,570 £6,570

The Board of Directors meets without the Non-Executive Directors present to review the Non-Executive Director and Non-Executive

Chairman fees and these are set with consideration to salary increases received by the wider workforce.

#### Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration

The table below shows the percentage change in Directors’ remuneration from the prior year compared to the average percentage

change in remuneration for all other employees. The reporting regulations require that the average percentage change for other

employees is based on the employees of Aptitude Software Group plc. However, the Company only has two employees other than

the Directors. Therefore, to provide a meaningful comparison, and consistent with the approach in prior years, this is based on all

United Kingdom employees in the Group, which is considered the most appropriate comparator group. For the purposes of this

disclosure, remuneration comprises salary, benefits (excluding pension) and annual bonus earned in respect of variable pay paid

in the year only.

Financial

year

2

Salary Taxable benefits Single year variable

Executive Directors

1

Alex Curran 2023-2024 136.4% 66.68% 124%

Mike Johns 2023-2024 60.37% (100%) (100%)

Non-Executive Directors

Ivan Martin

3

2023-2024 0.92% N/A  N/A

2022-2023 4.2% N/A N/A

2021 - 2022 6.7% N/A N/A

2020 - 2021 6.8% N/A N/A

2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A

Barbara Moorhouse

2023-2024 0.92%  N/A  N/A

2022-2023 6.3% N/A N/A

2021 - 2022 15.4% N/A N/A

2020 - 2021 3.6% N/A N/A

2019 - 2020 0.0% N/A N/A

Sara Dickinson

4

2023-2024 0.92% N/A N/A

2022-2023 7.4% N/A N/A

2021 - 2022 19.9% N/A N/A

2020 - 2021 N/A N/A N/A

2019 - 2020 N/A N/A N/A

Other employees

5

2023-2024 0.92% N/A N/A

2022-2023 9.8% 7.9% (1.3%)

2021 - 2022 7.7% 29.6% 106.3%

2020 - 2021 4.3% 22.0% 0.6%

2019 - 2020 1.6% 3.0% 34.1%

1  Alex Curran joined the Board on 12 July 2023 and Mike Johns joined the Board on 17 May 2023.

2  Explanatory notes relating to the prior year figures are included in the relevant year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

3  The salary received by Ivan Martin during 2021 and 2022 included the addition of a fee for Chairing the Nomination Committee.

4  Sara Dickinson was appointed on 1 October 2021 and therefore her 2021 salary has been annualised for comparative purposes.

5  Based on the United Kingdom employees only as the most appropriate comparator group.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

54

#### Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below shows the percentage change in spend on pay and shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends) from the financial

year ended 31 December 2023 to the financial year ended 31 December 2024, based upon continuing operations.

% change

2024

£000

2023

£000

Return to shareholders in year

(0.5)% 3,081

3,096

Employee remuneration

(8.8)%

40,673

44,592

#### Comparison of Company performance

The following graph shows the Company’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the performance

of the FTSE SmallCap Index for the ten years ended 31 December 2024. The Committee considers that the FTSE SmallCap Index is

the most appropriate comparison across the period given the similarities between the Company and the companies forming this

index.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

Dec 2014 Dec 2015 Dec 2016 Dec 2017 Dec 2018 Dec 2019 Dec 2020 Dec 2021 Dec 2022 Dec 2023 Dec 2024

Total Shareholder Return (rebased to £100)

Value of £100 invested on 31 December 2014

Aptitude FTSE Smallcap

![Graphics]()

55

#### Table of historic remuneration

The table below details the total remuneration, bonus award as a percentage of maximum opportunity and long-term incentive

awards vesting as a percentage of maximum opportunity for the Group’s senior executive officer(s) for each of the years from

2014 - 2024 (inclusive).

Year Total Remuneration

Bonus Award

as a percentage

of maximum

opportunity

Long term

incentives vesting

as a percentage

of maximum

opportunity

2024 Alex Curran (Chief Executive Officer)

1

£401,664 17.08% n/a

1

2023 Alex Curran (Chief Executive Officer) £197,287 19.39% n/a

3

Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £199,748 n/a n/a

3

2022 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £391,593 16.69% n/a

2021 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £578,407 46.90% 43.2%

2020 Jeremy Suddards (Chief Executive Officer) £387,630 78.67% 26.60%

2019 Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software Group plc) £1,634,545 0.00% 100.00%/

75.50%

2018 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £776,610 0.00% 100.00%

Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £858,130 0.00% 100.00%

2017 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £270,075 35.25% n/a

Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £433,437 86.25% n/a

2016 Simon Baines (Chief Executive Officer, Microgen Financial Systems) £1,141,653 50.00% 98.53%

Tom Crawford (Chief Executive Officer, Aptitude Software) £1,269,113 92.50% 98.53%

2015 Martyn Ratcliffe (Executive Chairman) £199,375 n/a n/a

2014 Martyn Ratcliffe (Executive Chairman) £275,000 n/a n/a

1  There were no Performance Share Plan awards that vested in relation to the period ended 31 December 2024.

Explanatory notes relating to the prior years' figures are included in previous Directors' Remuneration Reports.

#### Directors’ shareholdings and shareholding requirement (audited)

The interests of those persons who served as Directors during 2024 and their families in the ordinary shares of the Company as at

31 December 2024 (or, if earlier, the date of their retirement from the Board) were as follows:

Ordinary shares at

31 December 2024

Ordinary shares at

31 December 2023

Met Shareholding

Guidelines

Ivan Martin 225,000 225,000 N/A

Barbara Moorhouse – – N/A

Sara Dickinson – – N/A

Alex Curran

1

11,923 11,923 N

Mike Johns

1

– – N

1  Alex Curran joined the Board on 12 July 2023 and Mike Johns joined the Board on 17 May 2023.

There have been no changes since 31 December 2024 to the shareholdings of any current Director. None of the Directors had

an interest in the shares of any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or in any significant contracts of the Group. Details of

Directors’ interests in shares and options under Company long-term incentives are set out in the sections below.

Under the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting, Executive Directors are

expected to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their base salary, by the end of the three-year period following

their  appointment  to  the  Board.  Directors  are  not  expected  to  acquire  shares  in  the  market  in  order  to  meet  this  guideline,

but instead are expected to retain shares acquired through the Group’s share plans. Further information on this shareholding

guideline can be found on page 46.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Remuneration Report

56

#### Directors’ interests under Company share plans (audited)

The table below shows the interests of each Director who served during 2024 as at 31 December 2024 in the Company’s share

plans.

Director Grant

Shares subject to

award as at

1 January

2023

Granted in

2024

Exercised in

2024

Lapsed in

2024

Shares subject to

awards as at

31 December 2024 Status

Alex Curran Long term incentive plan

2021

1

11,800 – – 11,800 – Original award over

15,733 shares. 25%

EPS element lapsed on

31 December 2023, 75%

TSR element lapsed on

4 November 2024 (see

page 41)

2022

2

49,029 – 12,257 36,772 Remaining 75%

unvested, subject to TSR

performance condition.

2023

3

121,215 – – 121,215 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

2024

3

110,739 – – – 110,739 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

Deferred Bonus Plan

2024 – 2,033 – – 2,033 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

292,783 2,033 – 24,057 270,759

Mike Johns Long term incentive plan

2021

1

2,307 – 2,307 – Original award over

3,076 shares. 25% EPS

element lapsed on

31 December 2023, 75%

TSR element lapsed on

4 November 2024 (see

page 41)

2022

2

9,570 – 2,392 7,178 Remaining 75%

unvested, subject to TSR

performance condition.

2023

3

74,659 – – 74,659 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

2024

4

63,467 – – 63,467 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

Deferred Bonus Plan

2024 973 – – 973 Unvested, subject to

performance conditions

150,003 973 – 4,699 146,277

1  The awards granted in 2021 are subject to a performance condition described on page 64 of the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts.

2   The awards granted in 2022 are subject to a performance condition described on page 72 of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts. See page TBC for EPS outcome at 31 December

2024.

3  The awards granted in 2023 are subject to a performance condition described on page 52 of the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.

4  The awards granted in 2024 are subject to performance conditions described on page 50 of this report.

![Graphics]()

57

#### Advisors

In  fulfilling  its  role,  the  Committee  seeks  professional  advice  when  considered  appropriate  to  do so.  Deloitte  LLP  is  retained

to provide  independent  advice  on  executive remuneration  to  the  Committee  as required.  Independent advisors  on  executive

remuneration, were made available to the Committee during the year. Deloitte LLP’s total fees for the provision of remuneration

services to the Committee in 2024 were £5,600 (2023: £9,950). After careful consideration the Committee is satisfied that the

advice provided by Deloitte LLP is independent and objective. Deloitte LLP also advise the Group on the operation of its share

plans, associated tax matters and remuneration disclosure matters.

Deloitte  LLP  is  a  founder  member  of  the  Remuneration  Consultants  Group  and  adheres  to  its  Code  of  Conduct  for

consultants  to  Remuneration  Committees  of  United  Kingdom-listed  companies,  details  of  which  can  be  found  at

www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.

#### Evaluation of the Committee

The Committee’s performance was assessed as part of the internal Board Effectiveness Review. The Committee is regarded as

operating effectively and the Board takes assurance from the quality of the Committee’s work.

#### Statement of shareholder voting

At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 17 May 2023, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders

as follows:

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Total number

of votes

% of votes

cast

For (including discretionary) 48,458,132 96.65%

Against 1,679,310 3.35%

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 50,137,442 100.00%

Votes withheld 6,179

Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 50,143,621

At the Annual General Meeting  of  the  Company  on 14 May 2024, the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  for the year ended 31

December 2023 was approved by shareholders as follows:

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2023

Total number

of votes

% of votes

cast

For (including discretionary) 48,533,502 97.00%

Against 1,500,258 3.00%

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) 50,033,760 100.00%

Votes withheld 0

Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 50,033,760

Note: Withheld votes are not included in the final voting figures as they are not recognised as a vote in law.

The Remuneration Committee give its thanks to shareholders for the engagement shown through the consultation process around

the revised Remuneration Policy, for the constructive and helpful comments received and for the support shown in voting for the

changes.

The Remuneration Report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors on 25 March 2025 and signed

on its behalf by:

Barbara Moorhouse

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Report

58

For the purposes of the Companies Act 2006, the disclosures below, including those incorporated by reference, together with

the Governance Section of this Annual Report (pages 24 to 63), the Statement of Directors Responsibilities on page 63 form the

Directors’ Report.

In addition, disclosures relating to the following items, which all form part of the Directors’ report, have been included in the

Strategic report:

•  Principal risks, pages 20 and 21

•  Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and energy consumption, pages 13 to 15

•  Employees, pages 11 to 13

#### Application of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code

Full details of how the Company has applied the principles of the Code throughout the year can be found within the Governance

Section of this Annual Report (pages 24 to 63).

#### Principal Activity and Business Review

Aptitude Software Group plc is a market-leading provider of software solutions that deliver fully autonomous finance. The Company

and its subsidiaries (see note 9 to the financial statements) together are referred to in this Annual Report as the “Group”. The

Group’s products and services are detailed within the CEO’s report.

An analysis of the Group’s development (including likely future developments) and performance is contained in the Chairman’s

Statement and the CEO’s report.

#### Directors

Details of Directors who have held office during the year and up to the date of signing these financial statements are given below:

Ivan Martin (Chairman)

Alex Curran

Sara Dickinson

Mike Johns (resigned on 25 March 2025)

Barbara Moorhouse

Biographical details of the current Directors are set out on pages 24 to 25 The Company’s Articles of Association require Directors

to retire and offer themselves for re-election at least every three years, however, in accordance with the recommendation of

the 2024 Corporate Governance Code, all Directors shall retire and offer themselves for re-election at the 2025 Annual General

Meeting save for Mike Johns and Barbara Moorhouse (see page 2 for further information).

Information  on  the  Directors’  remuneration,  share  plan  participation  and  service  contracts  are  set  out  in  the  Directors’

Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 57.

#### Directors’ Interests

The Directors’ Interests in the Company are detailed in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 55 and 56.

#### Results and dividends

The results for the year are set out in the financial statements and notes on pages 72 to 126. The Board is pleased to propose

a final dividend of 3.6 pence per share, making a total of 5.4 pence per share for  the year (2023 total: 5.4 pence). Subject to

shareholder approval, the proposed final dividend will be payable to shareholders on the register at 23 May 2025 and will be paid

on 13 June 2025.

#### Key performance indicators (“KPIs”)

KPIs are set for the Group and can be found within the Key Operational and Financial Highlights on page 1.

#### Future developments

Details of the Group’s future developments are provided in the Chief Executive Officer’s Report on pages 4 and 5.

![Graphics]()

59

#### Payment of suppliers

The Group does not follow a standard payment practice but agrees terms and conditions for its business transactions with each of

its suppliers. Payment is then made in accordance with these terms.

#### Charitable donations

During the year, the Group made charitable donations of £500 (2023: £826).

#### Political donations

The Group made no political donations in the year (2023: £nil).

#### Substantial shareholdings

Notifications  received  by  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  Disclosure  and  Transparency  Rules  of  the  Financial  Conduct

Authority are published via the UK Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website. As at 31 December 2024, the

Company had been advised of the following notifiable interests in its voting rights:

Number of

shares held as at

25 March 2025

1\*

Number of

shares as at

31 December

2024

2\*

Number of

shares as at

31 December

2023

3\*

Long Path Partners

9,000,695

(16.15%)

9,000,695

(16.00%)

8,866,916

(15.46%)

Schroders plc

8,259,311

(14.82%)

8,259,311

(14.69%)

8,259,311

(14.40%)

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc.

5,310,000

(9.53%)

5,310,000

(9.45%)

5,310,000

(9.26%)

Mission Trail Capital Management LLC

5,601,464

(10.05%)

4,494,890

(7.99%)

4,494,890

(7.84%)

Invesco Limited

3,900,032

(7.00%)

3,900,032

(6.94%)

3,900,032

(6.80%)

FIL Limited

3,011,609

(5.41%)

3,267,986

(5.81%)

3,267,986

(5.70%)

Mrs C Barbour, Mr B Barbour & Bank of New York Mellon (Brussels (Pooled))

2,941,694

(5.28%)

2,941,694

(5.23%)

2,941,694

(5.13%)

Herald Investment Management

2,458,277

(4.41%)

2,458,277

(4.37%)

2,458,277

(4.29%)

Soros Fund Management

2,226,710

(4.00%)

2,226,710

(3.96)

2,226,710

(3.88%)

1  Calculated by reference to the number of voting shares in issue as at 25 March 2025, being 55,718,882.

2  Calculated by reference to the number of voting shares in issue at 31 December 2024, being 56,218,298.

3  Calculated by reference to the number of voting shares in issue as at 31 December 2023, being 57,377,611.

\*  % ISC stated in brackets

#### Share capital

At 25 March 2025 the Company had a single class of share capital which is divided into ordinary shares of 7 1/3 pence each. Details

of the changes in the Company’s share capital are disclosed in note 23 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

#### Rights and obligations attaching to shares

Voting in meetings of the Company

Voting at a general meeting shall be on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder present

in person and every proxy duly appointed by a shareholder shall have one vote. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in

person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

No shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of shares held by him or her if any call

or other sum then payable by him or her in respect of that share remains unpaid. Currently, all issued shares are fully paid.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Report

60

Deadlines for voting rights

Full  details  of  the  deadlines  for  exercising  voting  rights  in  respect  of  the  resolutions  to  be  considered  at  the  Annual  General

Meeting to be held on 28 May 2025 are set out in the Notice of Meeting which accompanies this report.

Dividends and distributions

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid

to shareholders but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends or

special dividends of such amounts, on such dates and in respect of such periods as the Board think fit. If in the opinion of the

Board the profits available for distribution justify such payments, the Board may declare and pay the fixed dividends on any class

of shares carrying a fixed dividend (if any). All dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro-rata according to the amounts paid up

on the shares.

Transfer of shares

Subject to the Articles, any shareholder may transfer all or any of his or her certified shares in writing by an instrument of transfer

in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The Board may, at its absolute discretion and without giving

any reasons, decline to register any instrument of transfer of a certified share which is not a fully paid share provided that, where

any such shares are admitted to the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such

a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis. The Board may decline to

recognise any instrument of transfer relating to shares in certificated form unless it is in respect of only one class of share and is

lodged (duly stamped) at the Company’s registered office or such other place as the Board have appointed accompanied by the

relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor or to

make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his or her behalf, the authority of that

person so to do). In the case of a transfer of shares in certificated form a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised

clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange the lodgement of share certificates will only be necessary if and to the

extent that certificates have been issued in respect of the shares in question. The Directors may also refuse to register an allotment

or transfer of shares (whether fully paid or not) in favour of more than four transferees. Subject to the Articles and the CREST Rules

(as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations, as amended), and apart from any class of wholly dematerialised security,

the Board may permit any class of shares in the Company to be held in uncertificated form and, subject to the Articles, title to

uncertificated shares to be transferred by means of a relevant system.

#### Employee Share Trust

The Company operates an Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) which is used to purchase Company shares in the market from time to

time and hold them for satisfying awards that vest under the Company’s various share incentive plans. The EBT, at 31 December

2024, holds 558 ordinary shares in the Company.

#### Change of control

Under the terms of the Company’s share option schemes, upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, an

option holder shall be entitled to exercise the relevant option within a time period of not more than six months. This would allow

the exercise of awards subject to the discretion of the Remuneration Committee as to whether relevant performance conditions

have been sufficiently satisfied and any pro-rating to be applied. There are a small number of client contracts which include a

change of control clause in relation to the Group.

#### Amendment to the Articles

Amendments to  the  Articles may  be  made  in  accordance with  the  provisions  of  the Companies  Act  2006 by  way of  a  special

resolution in general meeting.

#### Appointment and replacement of Directors

Unless and until otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the Company, Directors shall be no less than two (2) and no more

than ten (10) in number. Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution or by the Board. The Board complies

with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) provision on annual re-election of all directors. The appointment and

replacement of directors is governed by the company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles”), the Code, Companies Act 2006 and

other related legislation.

The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to undertake such services for the Company that the Board may

decide and such persons (other than those who hold an executive office or are employees of the Company or any subsidiary) will

be entitled to be paid such fees as the Board will determine for their services to the Company as Directors but will not exceed

![Graphics]()

61

in aggregate the sum of £1,000,000 per annum (excluding bonus arrangements and incentive schemes of the Company) or such

greater sum as the Company in general meeting may determine.

#### Repurchase of own shares update

At the Annual General Meeting held on 14 May 2024 members renewed the authority under section 701 of the Companies Act 2006

to make market purchases on the London Stock Exchange of up to 5,723,201 ordinary shares of 7 1/3 pence each (representing

approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital at that time). A resolution to give the Directors further authority for the

Company to purchase its own shares is to be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2025.

Details of the current share buyback programme are set out on page 121.

#### Significant contracts

There did not exist at any time during the year any contract involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which a Director

of the  Company  was or  is  materially interested  or  any contract  which  was either  a  contract of  significance  with a  controlling

shareholder or a contract for the provision of service by a controlling shareholder. Related party transactions are disclosed on

page 126.

#### Treasury and foreign exchange

The Group has in place appropriate treasury policies and procedures, which are approved by the Board. The treasury function

manages  interest  rates  for  both  borrowings  and  cash  deposits  for  the  Group  and  is  also  responsible  for  ensuring  there  are

appropriate facilities available to meet the Group’s strategic plans.

In order  to  mitigate and manage  exchange  rate risk  arising  in respect of  the  Group’s Innovation  Centre  in Poland,  the  Group

routinely enters into forward contracts in respect of monthly transactions with that part of the Group’s business. In the meantime,

the Group continues to monitor exchange rate risk generally in respect of other foreign currency exposures.

In order to mitigate and manage interest rate risk the Group has in place an interest rate hedge to manage exposure on borrowings.

An interest rate swap is used as a cash flow hedge of future interest payments, which has the effect of increasing the proportion

of fixed interest debt.

These treasury policies and procedures are regularly monitored and reviewed. It is the Group’s policy not to undertake speculative

transactions which create additional exposures over and above those arising from normal trading activity.

See page 88 for further information on the Group’s management of financial risk.

#### Overseas subsidiaries and branches

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries, including those in overseas jurisdictions, are disclosed in Note 12 to the financial statements.

The  Group  also  currently  operates  overseas  branches  in  the  following  countries:  Australia,  Hong  Kong,  Ireland,  Netherlands,

Singapore and Switzerland.

#### Section 172 statement

The Section 172 Statement is included in the Strategic Report on pages 8 and 9 and includes details of how the Directors have had

regard for the need to foster good business relationships with its shareholders and other key stakeholders.

Auditors and disclosure of information to auditor

As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by section 418(3) of the Companies Act 2006)

of which the Company’s auditors are unaware and each of the Directors has taken the steps that they ought to have taken as

Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are

aware of that information.

RSM UK Audit LLP have indicated their willingness to continue as Auditor and their re-appointment has been approved by the

Audit Committee. Resolutions to re-appoint them and to authorise the Audit Committee to determine their remuneration will be

proposed at the 2025 Annual General Meeting.

![Graphics]()

### Directors’ Report

62

#### Annual General Meeting

The forthcoming Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) will be held at 9.30 a.m. on Wednesday 28 May 2025 at the offices of Aptitude

Software Group plc, 8th Floor, 138 Cheapside, London EC2V 6BJ. The Notice of the AGM contains the full text of resolutions to be

proposed. Shareholders are welcome to attend the meeting in person, however, we ask that you register your intention to attend

ahead of time so we can monitor numbers in readiness for the meeting.

To enable all shareholders to vote on all resolutions in proportion to their shareholding, voting at the 2025 AGM will be conducted

by way of a poll. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to vote ahead of the meeting regardless of whether they plan to attend

the AGM in person, to mitigate against the risk of disruptions such as train strikes. The Company will release the results of voting,

including proxy votes on each resolution, on its website after the AGM and announce them through a regulatory news service.

Shareholders are also invited to submit questions ahead of the AGM. Details of  how  you  can  submit  questions  and  cast your

votes at the AGM are set out in the Notice of Meeting, which will be made available to shareholders by their chosen method of

communication and is also available on our website. Further details can be found in the notice convening the AGM.

By Order of the Board

Michael Johns

Company Secretary

25 March 2025

![Graphics]()

### Statement of Directors’ Responsibility

63

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report

and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors

are required under company law and under the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare the Group financial

statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The Directors have elected under Company law

to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.

The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards to present

fairly the financial position of the Group and the Company and the financial performance of the Group. The Companies Act 2006

provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a

true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair

view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company

will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and

Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and

enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act

2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for

the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

#### Directors’ confirmations

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable

and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business

model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Directors and Advisers section, confirm that, to the best of each

person’s knowledge:

•  the  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  set  of  accounting  standards,  give  a  true  and  fair

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and losses of the Company and the undertakings included in the

consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  the Directors’ Report contained in the Annual  Report  includes  a  fair review of the development and performance of the

business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with

a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  integrity  of  the  corporate  and  financial  information  included  on  the

Aptitude Software Group plc website.

Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation

in other jurisdictions

By Order of the Board on 25 March 2025.

Michael Johns

Company Secretary

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

64

to  the  members  of  Aptitude

Software Group plc

Independent Auditor’s Report

#### Opinion

We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  Aptitude Software Group plc  (the  ‘parent  company’)  and  its  subsidiaries  (the

‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2024 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of

Comprehensive Income, Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity,

Company  Statement  of  Changes  in  Shareholders’  Equity,  Consolidated  and Company  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  and notes  to

the financial  statements,  including significant  accounting  policies. The  financial  reporting framework  that  has been  applied  in

the  preparation  of  the  group  financial  statements  is  applicable  law  and  UK-adopted  International  Accounting  Standards.  The

financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable

law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in

accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31

December 2024 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the  group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted  International  Accounting

Standards;

•  the  parent  company  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted  International

Accounting Standards and as applied in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

#### Basis for opinion

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs  (UK))  and  applicable  law.  Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

section of our report. We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are

relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest

entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

#### Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters Group

•  Revenue recognition

Parent Company

•  None

Materiality Group

•  Overall materiality: £436,000 (2023: £419,000)

•  Performance materiality: £327,000 (2023: £314,000)

Parent Company

•  Overall materiality: £435,000 (2023: £200,000)

•  Performance materiality: £326,000 (2023: £150,000)

Scope Our audit procedures covered 100% of revenue, 100% of total assets and 100% of profit before

tax.

![Graphics]()

65

#### Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the group and

parent company financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement

(whether  or  not  due  to  fraud)  we  identified,  including  those  which  had  the  greatest  effect  on  the  overall  audit  strategy,  the

allocation  of  resources  in  the  audit  and  directing  the  efforts  of  the  engagement  team.  These  matters  were  addressed  in  the

context of our audit of the group and parent company financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and

we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

#### Revenue recognition

Key audit matter description The  group’s  key  revenue  recognition  policies  are  set  out  on  pages  80  to  82  of  the  financial

statements and the critical accounting judgements and estimates relating to revenue recognition

are set out on pages 93 to 95.

Software licence, subscription and maintenance revenue

A  significant  risk  of  fraud  has  been  identified  to  the  involvement  of  significant  management

judgements and estimates in the recognition of licence, subscription and maintenance revenues.

The key judgements and estimates are:

•  Assessment of licence, subscription and maintenance as a single performance obligation;

•  Assessment of implementation and solutions management services as separate performance

obligations;

•  Recognition of revenue over time based on the input of consistent development activity;

•  The  revenue  constraint  applied  before  the  go-live  date  due  to  customer-specific

circumstances.

Software implementation and services revenue

A significant risk of fraud has been identified in respect of implementation revenues, owing the

degree to which management estimates impact the revenue recognition and the incentives to

manipulate revenue. This is specifically in relation to the assessment of the stage of completion

as represented by time costs incurred and estimates of cost yet to be incurred. The proportion

of the  contract  fulfilled drives  the  right to recognise  revenue  and therefore  estimation  of the

time  required  subsequent  to  the  year  end  to  deliver  and  complete  the  services  to  customer

expectations is critical to revenue recognition.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

66

How the matter was

addressed in the audit

Our audit work included but was not restricted to:

•  Obtaining an understanding of the processes and controls around revenue recognition;

•  Reviewing the group’s revenue recognition policy, including supporting accounting papers,

to assess whether performed obligations have been appropriately identified and recognised

in line with IFRS 15;

•  Challenging  and  assessing  of  key  management  judgements  impact  the  recognition  of

revenue in the period; and

•  Auditing the disclosures in the financial statements and evaluating whether the policy for

revenue recognition is appropriately explained and critical judgements and key sources of

estimation uncertainty are appropriately disclosed.

Specifically for software licence, subscription and maintenance revenue, our audit work included

but was not restricted to:

•  Auditing the IFRS 15 revenue calculations confirming the methodology applied is in line with

the group’s revenue recognition policy;

•  Agreeing inputs to the IFRS 15 calculations to signed customer contracts, recalculating the

expected revenue based on management’s IFRS 15 judgements and estimates and comparing

to the actual revenue recognised;

•  Verifying  the  assessment  of  continuous  development  activity  through  the  input  method

using staff allocation data and forecasts to review the level of development across the year;

•  Holding discussions with project managers regarding the key assumptions and judgements

regarding  continuous  development  activity  and  the  pre  “go-live”  risks  related  to  the

constraints model;

•  Reviewing  contract  cancellations  to  assess  the  appropriateness  of  limiting  revenue

recognised to invoiced amounts pre “go-live” date and testing the application of the revenue

recognition constraints to contracts in the period;

•  Performing completeness checks by reviewing a list of approved contracts from the contracts

sales  and  management  system  and  checking  revenue  has  been  recognised  for  all  active

contracts in the year, in line with the revenue recognition policy.

Specifically for software implementation and services revenue, our audit work included but was

not restricted to:

•  Testing  the  controls  over  the  approval  of  timesheet  reports  and  approval  of  invoices

(including agreement to customer-signed Statement of Works where appropriate) prior to

billing;

•  Verifying revenue recognised in the period to Statement of Works, supporting agreements,

sales invoices and employee timesheet data where applicable;

•  Testing the completeness and accuracy of timesheet and budget data which drives invoicing;

•  Testing  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  revenue  deferred  based  on  management’s

estimate  of  additional  effort  required  to  satisfy  certain  contractual  obligations  without

incremental charge, and challenging management’s estimates on specific projects;

•  Completing targeted testing procedures for revenue recognised around the reporting date

through  review  of  timesheet  data  reconciled  to  customer  invoices  and  accrued  revenue

adjustments.

Key observations Details  of  the  key  judgements  and  estimates  applied  in  respect  of  revenue  recognition  are

disclosed in “Critical  accounting estimates and judgements” section  of the Accounting Policies

included in the financial statements. Based on the results of the audit procedures outlined above,

we have no key observations to report.

![Graphics]()

67

#### Our application of materiality

When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent

of our audit procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements

as a whole, could reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the

size of the misstatements. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows:

#### Group Parent company

Overall materiality £436,000 (2023: £419,000) £435,000 (2023: £200,000)

Basis for determining

overall materiality

4.8% of operating profit adjusted to exclude

the amortisation charged in the year to align

with the adjusted operating profit highlighted

by  management  to  users  of  the  financial

statements.

1% of net assets, capped at group materiality.

Rationale for benchmark

applied

As  a  listed  entity,  a  profit-driven  figure  is

considered the most appropriate benchmark

for users of the financial statements.

Net  assets  is  considered  to  be  the  most

appropriate  benchmark  for  the  parent

company as it is primarily a holding company.

Performance materiality £327,000 (2023: £314,000) £326,000 (2023: £150,000)

Basis for determining

performance materiality

75% of overall materiality 75% of overall materiality

Reporting of misstatements

to the Audit Committee

Misstatements  in  excess  of  £22,000  and

misstatements below  that  threshold  that, in

our view, warranted reporting on qualitative

grounds.

Misstatements  in  excess  of  £22,000  and

misstatements below that threshold that, in

our view, warranted reporting on qualitative

grounds.

#### An overview of the scope of our audit

The group consists of 8 legal entities, located in the following countries:

•  United Kingdom

•  United States

•  Poland

•  Canada

•  Singapore

Although the structure of the group is made up of a number of legal entities, we have assessed that the group is a single component

for the purposes of our audit because financial information is presented to management and the Board on a consolidated basis

and the group’s financial statements report a single segment and do not disclose any specific divisional information. The group’s

principal activity is consistent across all locations with a commonality of operations and there is operational interdependence

across the group.

Full scope audit procedures were applied to the group as a whole and therefore our audit approach covers 100% of profit before

tax, revenue and total assets. All audit work was completed by the group audit team and no component auditors were used in

our audit.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

68

#### Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the

preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.  Our  evaluation  of  the  directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent

company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  Checking the arithmetic accuracy of the forecasts that form the basis of the Directors’ going concern assessment and viability

statement;

•  Assessing the appropriateness of the period used for the viability statement;

•  Corroborating the cash balances used as the starting point for the forecasts by confirming to bank confirmations;

•  Challenging management’s forecasts and comparing the 2025 budget to YTD results and order book;

•  Assessing covenant compliance within the period and agreeing that management forecasts and viability statement data is

compliant with covenant requirements;

•  Assessing the assumptions made in management’s stress-testing and reviewing contingency planning;

•  Completing further sensitivity analysis and stress-testing;

•  Auditing the disclosures in the financial statements in respect of going concern and viability.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,

individually  or  collectively,  may  cast significant  doubt  on the  group’s  or  the parent  company’s  ability to  continue  as a  going

concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the entity reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add

or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it

appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections

of this report.

#### Other information

The  other  information  comprises  the  information included  in  the  annual report  other  than  the financial  statements  and  our

auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion

on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to  the  extent  otherwise  explicitly  stated  in  our

report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives

rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude

that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

#### Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the

Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

![Graphics]()

69

#### Matters on which we are required to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the

course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report

to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the  parent  company  financial  statements  and  the  part  of  the  directors’  remuneration  report  to  be  audited  are  not  in

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

#### Corporate governance statement

We have  reviewed  the  directors’ statement  in  relation to  going  concern, longer-term  viability  and that  part  of the Corporate

Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code

specified for our review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate

Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material

uncertainties identified set out on pages 22 to 23;

•  Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period

is appropriate set out on page 22;

•  Director’s statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and

meets its liabilities set out on page 23;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 39;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 20 to 21;

•  Section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set

out on pages 35 to 36; and,

•  Section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 34 to 39.

#### Responsibilities of directors

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  directors’  responsibilities  statement set  out  on  page  63,  the directors  are  responsible  for  the

preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as

the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability

to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of

accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no

realistic alternative but to do so.

#### Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the financial statements as a whole are  free  from  material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a

high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material

misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial

statements.

![Graphics]()

### Independent Auditor’s Report

#### to the members of Aptitude Software Group plc

70

#### The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including

#### fraud

Irregularities  are  instances  of non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations.  The  objectives of  our  audit  are  to obtain  sufficient

appropriate audit evidence regarding compliance with  laws  and  regulations that have a direct effect on  the  determination  of

material amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  to  perform  audit  procedures  to  help  identify instances  of  non-

compliance  with  other  laws  and  regulations  that  may  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial  statements,  and  to  respond

appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations identified during the audit.

In  relation  to  fraud,  the  objectives  of  our  audit  are  to  identify  and  assess  the  risk  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial

statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement

due to fraud through designing and implementing  appropriate  responses  and  to  respond  appropriately to fraud or suspected

fraud identified during the audit.

However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the

entity's operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection

of fraud.

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement

team:

•  obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the

group and parent company operate in and how the group and parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory

frameworks;

•  inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of

irregularities, including any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud;

•  discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how

and where the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud.

The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:

#### Legislation /

#### Regulation

Additional audit procedures performed by the Group audit engagement team included:

UK-adopted IAS and

Companies Act 2006

•  Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation.

•  Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance.

Tax compliance

regulations

•  Inspection of advice received from internal / external tax advisors.

•  Consultation with a tax specialist regarding the approach taken to the audit of tax.

•  Consideration of whether any matter identified during the audit required reporting to an

appropriate authority outside the entity.

![Graphics]()

71

The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:

Risk Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team:

Revenue recognition •  The audit procedures performed in relation to revenue recognition are documented in the

key audit matters section of our audit report.

Treatment of

development costs

•  Review  of  management’s  paper  considering  the  application  of  IAS  38  and  the  treatment

adopted by the group.

•  Interviewing  relevant  personnel  to  understand  the  nature  of  development  activities

undertaken  during  the  year  and  challenging  management  on  the  justification  for  non-

capitalisation.

Management override of

controls

•  Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments;

•  Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a

potential bias; and

•  Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside

the normal course of business.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s

website at: http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

#### Other matters which we are required to address

Following the recommendation  of  the audit committee,  we  were  appointed by management  in  September  2021 to audit  the

financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2021 and subsequent financial periods.

The  period  of  total  uninterrupted  consecutive  appointments  is  4  years,  covering  the  years  ending  31  December  2021  to  31

December 2024.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we

remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee in accordance with ISAs (UK).

#### Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act

2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to

state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume

responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for

the opinions we have formed.

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, these financial

statements will form part of the Annual Financial Report prepared in Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) format and

filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the UK FCA. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the annual

financial report has been prepared in XHTML format.

GRAHAM RICKETTS (Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor

Chartered Accountants

25 Farringdon Street

London

EC4A 4AB

Date: 25 March 2025

![Graphics]()

72

### Consolidated Income Statement

#### for the year ended 31 December 2024

Year ended 31 Dec 2024 Year ended 31 Dec 2023

Note

Before non-

underlying

items

£000

Non-

underlying

items

£000

Total

£000

Before non-

underlying

items

£000

Non-

underlying

items

£000

Total

£000

Revenue 1,2 70,044  — 70,044 74,685  — 74,685

Operating costs

3 (60,126)  (4,243)  (64,369)   (64,959)  (4,441)  (69,400)

Operating profit

3 9,918 (4,243)  5,675 9,726 (4,441)  5,285

Finance income

5 368  — 368 282  — 282

Finance costs

5 (450)   — (450)   (527)   — (527)

Net finance costs

(82)   — (82)   (245)   — (245)

Profit before income tax

9,836 (4,243)  5,593 9,481 (4,441)  5,040

Income tax (expense)/credit

6 (1,484)  871 (613)   (1,786)  871 (915)

Profit for the period from continuing

operations

8,352 (3,372)   4,980 7,695 (3,570)  4,125

Earnings per share

Basic 7

8.8p     7.2p

Diluted 7

8.6p     7.1p

The accounting policies and notes on pages 78 to 126 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

Consolidated Statement of

### Comprehensive Income

#### for the year ended 31 December 2024

73

Note

Group

Year ended

31 Dec

2024

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec

2023

£000

Profit for the year

4,980 4,125

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will or may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement

25 (713)   (1,242)

(Loss)/gain on effective cash flow hedges

25 (254)   1,044

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

25 242 50

Currency translation difference

(247)   (954)

Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax

(972)   (1,102)

Total comprehensive income for the year

4,008 3,023

The accounting policies and notes on pages 78 to 126 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

74

### Balance Sheets

#### At 31 December 2024

Note

Group

As at

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

As at

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

As at

31 Dec 2023

£000

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets

9 4,016 4,484 13 24

Goodwill 10 46,006 46,006  —  —

Intangible assets 11 15,412 17,739  —  —

Investments in subsidiaries 12  —  — 69,419 68,808

Other long-term assets 13 730 1,016  —  —

Deferred tax assets

15 1,250 1,379  —  —

67,414 70,624 69,432 68,832

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 16 14,861 12,526 15,900 548

Financial assets – derivative financial instruments 17 387 1,141 368 534

Current income tax assets 14 1,721 1,037 500 500

Cash and cash equivalents 18 30,400 34,085 17,822 22,951

47,369 48,789 34,590 24,533

Total assets

114,783 119,413 104,022 93,365

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Financial liabilities

– borrowings 19 (7,180)  (1,250)  (7,180)  (1,250)

– derivative financial instruments 17 (214)   —  —  —

Trade and other payables 20 (40,622)  (40,773)  (18,943)  (14,882)

Lease liabilities 21 (527)  (426)   —  —

Current income tax liabilities   (1,802)  (1,588)   —  —

Provisions 22 (25)(100)   —  —

(50,370)  (44,137)  (26,123)  (16,132)

Net current (liabilities)/assets   (3,001)  4,652 8,467 8,401

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings 19  — (7,139)   — (7,139)

Lease liabilities 21 (2,416)  (2,588)   —  —

Provisions 22 (358)  (268)   —  —

Deferred tax liabilities 15 (3,722)  (4,967)  (45) (84)

(6,496)  (14,962)  (45) (7,223)

NET ASSETS   57,917 60,314 77,854 70,010

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Share capital 23 4,204 4,204 4,204 4,204

Share premium account 24 11,959 11,959 11,959 11,959

Capital redemption reserve   12,372 12,372 12,372 12,372

Other reserves 25 34,325 34,989 17,644 17,707

Treasury shares reserve  26 (3,812)   — (3,812)   —

(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings 27 (23)  (2,349)  35,487 23,768

Foreign currency translation reserve   (1,108)  (861)   —  —

TOTAL EQUITY   57,917 60,314 77,854 70,010

The accounting policies and notes on pages 78 to 126 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

In addition, under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own income

statement. The profit for the year of the Company was £14,476,000 (2023: profit for the year £12,053,000), see note 27 for details.

The financial statements on pages 72 to 126 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 March 2025 and were signed

on its behalf by:

Ivan Martin Michael Johns

Director Director Company Registered Number: 01602662

![Graphics]()

### Consolidated Statement of Changes in

### Shareholders’ Equity

#### for the year ended 31 December 2024

75

Attributable to owners of the Parent

Note

Share

capital

£000

Share

premium

account

£000

(Accumulated

losses)/

retained

earnings

£000

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

£000

Capital

redemption

reserve

£000

Other

reserves

£000

Treasury

shares

reserves

£000

Total

equity

£000

Group

Balance at 1 January 2023   4,204 11,959 (3,286)   93 12,372 35,199 —  60,541

Profit for the year 27  —  — 4,125  —  —  —  — 4,125

Cash flow hedges reclassified to

income statement 25 — — — — — (1,242)  — (1,242)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 25  —  —  —  —  — 1,044  — 1,044

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 —  —  —  —  —  50 —  50

Exchange rate adjustments    —  —  — (954)   —  —  — (954)

Total comprehensive income for

the year    —  — 4,125 (954)   — (148)   — 3,023

Share options — value of

employee service 27  —  — 125  —  —  —  — 125

Transfer on exercise of options 25-27  —  — (151)   —  — 124 — (27)

Purchase of own shares 25  —  —  —  —  — (186)   — (186)

Deferred tax on share options 15  —  — (66)   —  —  — —  (66)

Dividends to equity holders of the

company 8  —  — (3,096)   —  —  — —  (3,096)

Transactions with owners     —  — (3,188)   —  — (62)   — (3,250)

Balance at 31 December 2023   4,204 11,959 (2,349)   (861)   12,372 34,989  — 60,314

Profit for the year 27  —  — 4,980  —  —  —  — 4,980

Cash flow hedges reclassified to

income statement 25  —  —  —  —  — (713)   — (713)

Loss on effective cash flow hedges 25  —  —  —  —  — (254)   — (254)

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 25 —  —   —  —  — 242  — 242

Exchange rate adjustments    —  —  — (247)   —  —  — (247)

Total comprehensive income for the

year    —  — 4,980 (247)   — (725)   — 4,008

Share options — value of employee

service 27  —  — 611  —  —  —  — 611

Transfer on exercise of options 25-27   —  — (287)   —  — 85 202  —

Purchase of own shares 25,26   —  —  —  —  — (24)  (4,014)  (4,038)

Deferred tax on share options 15  —  — 103  —  —  —  — 103

Dividends to equity holders of the

company 8  —  — (3,081)   —  —  —  — (3,081)

Transactions with owners    —  — (2,654)   —  — 61 (3,812)  (6,405)

Balance at 31 December 2024   4,204 11,959 (23)   (1,108)   12,372 34,325 (3,812)  57,917

The accounting policies and notes on pages 78 to 126 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

### Company Statement of Changes in

### Shareholders’ Equity

#### for the year ended 31 December 2024

76

Attributable to owners of the Company

Note

Share

capital

£000

Share

premium

account

£000

Retained

earnings

£000

Capital

redemption

reserve

£000

Other

reserves

£000

Treasury

shares

reserves

£000

Total

equity

£000

Company

Balance at 1 January 2023

4,204 11,959 14,872 12,372 17,978  — 61,385

Profit for the year

27  —  — 12,053  —  —  — 12,053

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement

25  —  —  —  — (302)   — (302)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges

25  —  —  —  — 23  — 23

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

25  —  —  —  — 70  — 70

Total comprehensive income for the year

—  — 12,053  — (209)    — 11,844

Share options — value of employee service

27  —  — 73  —  —  — 73

Transfer on exercise of options

25-27  —  — (151)   — 124  — (27)

Deferred tax on share options

15  —  — 17  —  —  — 17

Purchase of own shares

25  —  —  —  — (186)   — (186)

Dividends to equity holders of the company

8  —  — (3,096)   —  —  — (3,096)

Transactions with owners

—  — (3,157)   — (62)   — (3,219)

Balance at 31 December 2023

4,204 11,959 23,768 12,372 17,707  — 70,010

Profit for the year

27  —  — 14,476  —  —  — 14,476

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement

25  —  —  —  — (297)   — (297)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges

25  —  —  —  — 131  — 131

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

25  —  —  —  — 42  — 42

Total comprehensive income for the year

—  — 14,476  — (124)   — 14,352

Share options — value of employee service

27  —  — 611  —  —  — 611

Transfer on exercise of options

25-27  —  — (287)   — 85 202  —

Purchase of own shares

25,26   —  —  —  — (24)  (4,014)  (4,038)

Dividends to equity holders of the company

8  —  — (3,081)   —  —  — (3,081)

Transactions with owners

—  — (2,757)   — 61 (3,812)  (6,508)

Balance at 31 December 2024

4,204 11,959 35,487 12,372 17,644 (3,812)   77,854

The accounting policies and notes on pages 78 to 126 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

77

### Statements of Cash Flow

#### for the year ended 31 December 2024

Note

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations 28 8,852 11,945 14,324 11,931

Interest paid   (226)  (316)  (226)  (315)

Income tax paid   (1,854)  (635)   —  —

Net cash flows generated from operating activities   6,772 10,994 14,098 11,616

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment, excluding right-of-use assets 9 (481)  (601)   — (19)

Interest received   368 282 357 273

Purchase of intangible assets 11 (1,120)  – – –

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities   (1,233)  (319)  357 254

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid to company’s shareholders 8 (3,081)  (3,096)  (3,081)  (3,096)

Purchase of own shares 25,26 (4,058)  (186)  (4,058)  (186)

Repayments of loan 19 (1,250)  (1,250)  (1,250)  (1,250)

Extension fee on loan 19  — (40)   —  —

Repayment of capital lease obligations 21 (592)  (534)   —  —

Amounts received from group undertakings 20  —  — 54,948 71,037

Amounts borrowed from group undertakings 20  —  — (66,143)  (69,764)

Net cash used in financing activities   (8,981)  (5,106)  (19,584)  (3,259)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents   (3,442)  5,569 (5,129)  8,611

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at beginning of year 18 34,085 29,245 22,951 14,340

Exchange rate losses on cash and cash equivalents   (243)  (729)   —  —

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 18 30,400 34,085 17,822 22,951

Liabilities from financing activities Other assets

Borrowings

£000

Leases

£000

Subtotal

£000

Cash

£000

Total

£000

Net funds as at 1 January 2024 (8,389)  (3,014)  (11,403)   34,085 22,682

Financing cash flows 1,250 592 1,842 (3,442)  (1,600)

New lease  — (398)  (398)    — (398)

Foreign exchange adjustments  — (4) (4)(243)(247)

Unamortised prepaid facility arrangement fees (41)   — (41)    — (41)

Interest expense (290)  (119)  (409)    — (409)

Interest payments (presented as operating cash flows) 290  — 290  — 290

Net funds as at 31 December 2024 (7,180)  (2,943)  (10,123)   30,400 20,277

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and that are

subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

The accounting policies and notes on pages 78 to 126 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

78

#### ACCOUNTING POLICIES

#### General information

The Company is a public company limited by shares and incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.

The Group  consolidated  and parent  company  financial  statements  were authorised  for  issue by  the  Board of  Directors  on 25

March 2025.

#### Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These

policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

#### Basis of preparation

The  consolidated  and  parent  financial  statements  of  Aptitude Software Group plc  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with

UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the disclosure

guidance and transparency rules sourcebook of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority. The consolidated and parent

financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and

financial liabilities (including derivatives) which are recognised at fair value.

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also

requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving

a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated and parent

financial statements are disclosed on pages 93 to 96.

Amounts presented have been disclosed to the nearest £’000 unless otherwise stated.

#### Going Concern

After reviewing the Group’s forecasts and projections, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate

resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Directors have prepared forecasts for going concern

which show that the Group will have sufficient cash to operate and meet their operating liabilities as and when they fall due for

a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. The forecasts include the assumption of a

bullet repayment of the existing Bank of Ireland loan facility in October 2025. Further details can be found in Note 19. The Group

therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements. Information used to make this decision

is detailed below.

A  scenario  testing  exercise  was  performed  for  the  period  covered  by  the  going  concern  forecast,  including  considering

management’s base case forecast  and  an extreme downside scenario  where  no new customers were  won,  which  is far more

pessimistic than current situations may suggest. In all scenarios Aptitude remains comfortably profitable and cash generative in

the years under review. Financial performance in 2025 is not expected to be materially different from current year levels due to the

long-range revenue visibility achieved through the recurring revenue business model. These recurring revenues, representing over

77% of total revenue, are resilient given the nature of the Group’s enterprise applications which are typically heavily integrated

and  central  to  clients’  mission-critical  long-term  financial  reporting  and  subscription  management  processes,  underpinned  by

minimum contractual terms of up to six years at inception.

The Directors are confident that the Group is financially robust benefitting from a cash balance at 31 December 2024 of £30.4 million

and net funds of £20.3 million. Additionally, the Group is cash generative and profitable, reporting Adjusted Operating Profit in the

year of £9.9 million. See page 1 for definitions of how these metrics are calculated.

Supplementing these strengths, Aptitude benefits from a diverse client base, across multiple geographies and industries.

The  business  benefits  from  a  recurring  revenue  model  in  which  software  licence  and  subscription  fees  are  typically  received

annually in advance.

![Graphics]()

79

#### Changes in Accounting policy and disclosures

(a)   New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 1 January 2024

The  Group  has  applied  the  following  new  standards,  amendments  and  interpretations  for  the  first  time  for their  annual

reporting period commencing 1 January 2024:

•  Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7: Supplier Finance Arrangements

•  Amendments to IFRS 16: Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback

•  Amendments to IAS 1: Non-current Liabilities with Covenants

The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

(b)  New standards and interpretations that have not been early adopted

Most of the new standards, amendments and interpretations, which are effective for periods beginning after 1 January 2025

and which have not been adopted early, are not expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements

of the Group. The effect of IFRS 18, which has an effective date is 1 January 2027 has not yet been considered.

#### Basis of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company, Aptitude Software Group plc and its

subsidiary undertakings (“subsidiaries”) prepared at the consolidated statement of financial position date.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group has control over an entity where the Group is exposed to, or has

rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and it has the power over the entity to effect those returns. The

existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing control.

The Group also assesses existence of control where it does not have more than 50% of the voting power but is able to govern

the  financial  and  operating  policies  by  virtue  of  de-facto  control.  De-facto  control  may  arise  in  circumstances  where  the  size

and dispersion of holdings of other shareholders give the Group the power to govern the financial and operating activities. The

results of subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control passes to the Group. Results of disposed subsidiaries are

consolidated up to the date on which control passes from the Group.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition

is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued  and  liabilities  incurred  or  assumed at the date of

exchange Identifiable assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at

their fair values at acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. The excess of cost of acquisition over the

fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets is recorded as goodwill.

Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Profits

and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognised in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of the

subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

80

#### Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises the transaction price, being the amount of consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for

transferring promised goods or services to a customer in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of

value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group derives its revenues from the following categories:

–  software based activity relating to the Group’s intellectual property (comprising software licences, maintenance, support,

software subscription fees, financial transactions, usage fees along with funded development and related consultancy);

and

–  general consultancy services.

The Group recognises revenue from each of these categories as follows:

#### Software based activity

Software licence, software subscription and maintenance fees

The Group licences its software on an Annual Licence Fee, Initial Licence Fee or Perpetual Licence Fee basis. The Group also has

a number  of Software-as-a-Service  offerings  with  software  subscription  fees  being  recognised  in  the  same manner  as  Annual

Licence Fees.

Within the policy, the Group references three distinct periods which drives the method by which these revenues are recognised,

being  the  initial  contractual  term,  the  auto-renewal  period  and  the  optimisation  period.  These  periods  and  the  relationship

between them is outlined below:

–  Initial contractual term – The period over which the transaction price for each contract is recognised.

–  Auto renewal period – On conclusion of the initial contractual term, customers enter into auto renewal periods which

are typically twelve months in length. Under the terms of the contract the customer has no material right to enter into

these renewal periods which consequently have been determined as representing a new contract under IFRS 15.

–  Optimisation period – The period assessed by management on inception of the contract over which the revenues are

recognised, representing the duration of time during which the most significant optimisation and functional enhancement

of the software is undertaken. Where this period is greater in length than the initial term of the contract, the revenues

recognised across the contractual term are capped at the total value of the contract.

Assessment of performance obligations

On inception of each contract, the Group assesses whether ongoing contractual obligations, charged as software maintenance,

represent a separately distinct performance obligation and promise from either the licence or subscription fees. If not distinct, the

software licence and maintenance fees form part of a combined performance obligation. If the licence/subscription is distinct it is

recognised separately from the other performance obligations at the time of the delivery of the licenced software.

In assessing whether a licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group considers the scope of maintenance services

being provided which extends to the significant continuing requirement to:

–  optimise functionality within the software;

–  optimise performance of the software; and

–  provide technical and functional enhancements to ensure continued user regulatory compliance.

For all existing contracts, it is determined that the software licence/subscription and maintenance fees form part of a combined

performance obligation. The transaction price agreed in the licence and maintenance contract is therefore allocated in full to this

combined performance obligation with the selling price determined by way of the fixed annual licence or subscription fees paid

annually in advance.

How the combined performance obligation is recognised

Where the software  licence,  subscription and maintenance  fees  meet the criteria  of  a combined performance  obligation,  the

Group determines for each contract the most appropriate method of recognising revenue. This assessment was completed with

reference to paragraph 35 of IFRS 15, in which it was determined that the criteria within Paragraph 35(a) had been met in respect

of recognising the combined performance obligation over time. This is through the customer simultaneously receiving the benefit

![Graphics]()

81

of accessing and utilising the software from inception of the contract across the period due to the need for the software to adapt

over time to the changing needs of the client and complexities of the regulatory environment.

Method of revenue recognition in respect of the performance obligations

In determining the most accurate measure of recognising revenue, the business concluded that this should be done in line with

the development activity related to the relevant product. This development activity incorporates the effort incurred in optimising

both the functionality and performance of the software whilst providing technical and functional enhancements.

Measurement of the development activity is completed by way of the input method, with management providing an initial estimate

of the overall expected development hours to be incurred across the contract period. This estimate is then reviewed against actual

hours incurred at the end of each reporting period. Once the Group concludes on the revenue recognition profile, the business

determines on  a contract  by  contract  basis  the  period  over which  the revenues  are  recognised.  This  period  is  defined  as  the

optimisation period and represents the duration of time assessed by management during which the most significant optimisation

and functional enhancement of the software is undertaken.

For  both  periods  presented,  all  contracts  assessed  were  considered  to  have  a  consistent  development  activity  based  on

management’s  assessment  of  the  overall  development  hours  expected  to  be  incurred  across  the  optimisation  period.  This

assessment was supported by the review against actual hours incurred at the end of each reporting period.

Revenue recognition constraint

Given the highly specialised nature of the software and demands of the customer, the implementation of this software (provided

through a separate statement of work) is complex and frequently involves multi-phase roll outs which identify new requirements

over an extended period of time. Consequently, the period prior to the successful integration of the Group’s application  with

the customer’s system (or Go-Live date), provides enhanced levels of contractual risk for the Group in respect of the licence and

maintenance agreement. Under the terms of the contract, both parties have enforceable rights and obligations to terminate over

the length of the agreement to the extent that the implementation of the software is not feasible.

Consequently, during the period from the Group initially licencing its software to the product being deployed into a live client

environment, an  ongoing  assessment  is  performed by  management  on  a  contract by  contract  basis  to  determine if  sufficient

challenges exist that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business. Where such challenges exist,

the revenue recognised across the period is constrained to the value of any amount invoiced and paid prior to the end of the

reporting date, with this being assessed as the consideration during the period up to deployment. Once the software is deployed,

the amount of revenue recognised is adjusted so that it is proportional to the Group’s development effort to date against the total

expected development hours to be incurred across the contract period.

Revenue recognition where the optimisation period is longer than initial term of the contract

Where the optimisation period for a client is assessed by management as being greater than the initial term of the contract, being

the minimum term of the signed contract before auto renewal, the revenues recognised across the initial term are equal to the

total value of the contract.

Entry into auto-renewal periods during the optimisation period

Where a client’s initial contract term is shorter than the optimisation period assessed by management, the client will enter auto

renewal periods. Per IFRS 15, the Group has concluded that the entry into each auto renewal period represents a new contract due

to the customer having no material right under the terms of the contract to enter into these renewal periods.

Consequently, an assessment of whether the licence and maintenance services still represent a combined performance obligation

is performed.

In assessing whether a licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group determined that the scope of maintenance

services being provided aligns with the assessment made on inception of the contract and therefore all existing contracts continue

to form part of a combined performance obligation.

On completion of this assessment, the Group has determined that the development activity should continue to be utilised as the

most appropriate method of recognising revenue across the auto-renewal period.

Entry into auto-renewal periods post optimisation period

The transfer of the combined performance obligation is considered complete once the optimisation period concludes at which

point all  clients  have  entered their  auto  renewal  period. Per  IFRS  15,  the Group  has  concluded  that the  entry  into  each auto

renewal  period  represents  a  new  contract  under  which  an  assessment  of  whether  the  licence  and  maintenance  services  still

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

82

represent a combined performance obligation is performed. This conclusion was underpinned by the customer having no material

right under the terms of the contract to enter into these renewal periods.

In assessing whether the licence is distinct from the software maintenance, the Group considers the following:

–  the level of interrelation between the software licence and services provided;

–  the continuing requirements of the client to receive highly functioning, serviced software; and

–  the contractual terms and conditions set out in the annual renewal period and whether they are consistent with the

initial term

For both the current and prior year, the Group has determined that the licence and maintenance services for all existing contracts

entering their auto renewal period post optimisation period still represent a combined performance obligation.

On completion of this assessment, the Group determines for each contract the most appropriate revenue recognition method and

has concluded that the development activity related to the relevant product should continue to be utilised.

The annual licence and subscription fee is then recognised across the auto renewal period based on the application of this method.

In all current cases, the development activity is determined to be consistent across the auto-renewal period in accordance with

paragraph B18 of IFRS 15.

Product specific consultancy (implementation services)

Consultancy services which relate to a project which includes the Group’s software is contracted for on either a time and materials

basis or fixed priced basis and represents a distinct performance obligation from the software licence, software subscription and

maintenance fees. Time and materials consultancy is recognised in the period it is performed in. Fixed price or shared risk work

revenue is recognised over time using the input method. The percentage completed is determined with reference to effort incurred

to date and effort required to complete the development or consultancy. This method, used to calculate revenue recognition, is

appropriate on the basis that the services are transferred to the customer as the development or consultancy work occurs.

For any contract involving a client licencing one of the Group’s products, an assessment is made by management at the year-end

of the expected amount of  any  additional  consultancy effort to be provided  to  satisfy  certain contractual obligations without

incremental charge. Where such effort is anticipated, an accompanying deferral is calculated based on the value of this time if

charged to the client and is recognised through the deferral of revenues.

Financial transactions and usage fees

Financial transactions and usage fees are billed to clients utilising the e-Suite software on a monthly basis based on a per transaction

fee. The volume of transactions generated each month is driven wholly by the client, with no minimum commitment fee in place.

Revenue generated from financial transaction and usage contracts is therefore recognised in the month they arise.

Assure

Assure goes beyond  the Group’s software maintenance services to include services  typically performed by the clients’ own IT

teams, including for example, the monitoring of system performance, user administration and release management. The client

will commit to a monthly, quarterly or annual fee that covers an agreed level of services. Revenue from Assure is recognised on a

straight-line basis over the period of the services being provided.

Support fees

Support fees are billed to clients where the Group’s software is licensed by a client and that client contracts with the Group for

support relating to the solution. The client will commit to a minimum monthly, quarterly or annual fee that covers an agreed level

of support and then agrees additional fees for support used over and above the minimum commitment. Revenue from support

contracts are recognised as the fees are earned.

Funded development

Where customers wish to accelerate the product development, the Group undertakes funded development work. Revenue for

funded development work is recognised over time, using an input method. The percentage completed is determined with reference

to effort required to complete the development. Once the enhancement has been accepted by the customer the deferred portion

of the revenue is recognised.

![Graphics]()

83

#### Commissions

Software sales commission costs meet the definition under IFRS 15 of incremental costs of obtaining a contract. As a result, an

asset is recognised at inception of the contract for the total value of commissions payable which will typically be amortised across

the optimisation period, this being the period assessed by management over which significant modification and optimisation is

required in respect of each client.

#### Segmental reporting

Operating  segments  are  reported  in  a manner  consistent  with  the  internal  reporting  provided  to  key  decision  makers.  These

decision makers are responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments.

The primary segmental reporting is by operating segment, the Group operates only one segment, this being the Aptitude business.

The chief operational decision makers for the segment are Alex Curran (Chief Executive Officer) and Mike Johns (Chief Financial

Officer).

#### Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items are significant items of income or expense which are disclosed and described separately in the accounts

where it is necessary to do so in order to provide a better understanding of the financial performance of the Group. These items

include the costs of acquiring a Group subsidiary, post acquisition and group restructuring costs, and the amortisation of acquired

intangibles.

#### Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets

Property, plant and equipment is shown at historic purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and adjusted for any impairment.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that

the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, full details of the initial recognition and ongoing measurement of

these assets is provided within the leasing policy note on pages 86 to 87. Land is not depreciated. Costs include expenditure that

is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Depreciation is provided on assets so as to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment less their residual value over their

estimated useful economic lives by equal annual instalments at the following rates.

Leasehold improvements  10 – 20 per cent (or the life of the lease if shorter)

Plant and machinery  10 – 50 per cent

Fixtures and fittings  10 – 20 per cent

Estimation of the useful economic life includes an assessment of the expected rate of technological developments and the intensity

at which the assets are expected to be used.

The assets’ residual values and useful economic lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

#### Goodwill

Goodwill arising on consolidation  represents  the  excess of the fair value  of  the  consideration  given over the fair value  of  the

identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  is  capitalised on  the  balance sheet  and  subject to  an  annual impairment  test.  The

carrying value of goodwill is cost less accumulated impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose

of  impairment  testing.  The  allocation  is  made  to  those  cash  generating  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  business

combinations in which the goodwill arose. The Group is currently treated as a single CGU. Impairment reviews are carried out by

the Board at least annually. Impairments to goodwill are charged to the income statement in the period in which they arise.

#### Intangible assets

Research and Development (“R&D”)

Research expenditure is expensed to the income statement as incurred. Costs incurred on internal development projects relating

to new or substantially improved products are recognised as intangible assets from the date upon which all IAS 38 criteria have

been satisfied.

In assessing the IAS 38 criteria it is considered that because of the challenges presented by the complexity of underlying software

development issues and the competitive nature of the markets in which we operate, the technical feasibility and future probability

of development has only been satisfied once the product is deployed into a live customer environment. Accordingly development

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

84

costs have not been capitalised. The Group however continues to assess the eligibility of development costs for capitalisation on

a project-by-project basis.

Costs which are incurred after the general release of internally generated software, or costs which are incurred in order to enhance

existing products by way of minor or major upgrades, or other changes in software functionality, do not satisfy the criteria in order

to capitalise. Such expenditure is therefore recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred and included within

research and development expense in the income statement.

Externally acquired software licenses

Rights  in  externally  acquired  software  assets  are  capitalised  at  cost  and  amortised  over  their  estimated useful  economic  life.

Useful economic life is assessed on an individual basis.

Software Intellectual Property Rights

Software Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) is recognised only on acquisition. The fair value is derived based on time spent on

the project at an average daily cost rate. The carrying value is stated at fair value at acquisition less accumulated amortisation and

impairment losses. The useful economic life is assessed on an individual basis. Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over

the estimated useful economic life of the assets.

Customer relationships

Client relationships are recognised only on acquisition. The fair value in respect of the Revstream acquisition is derived based on

discounted cash flows from estimated recurring revenue streams. The fair value in respect of the MPP Global acquisition is derived

based on the value of customer related assets based on future cash flows should those assets be replaced. The carrying value is

stated at fair value at acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The useful economic life is assessed on an

individual basis. Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over the estimated economic useful life of the assets.

For details about amortisation methods and periods used by the Group for intangible assets see note 11.

#### Interest income and expense

Interest is recognised using the effective interest method.

#### Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful economic life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment and

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets that are subject

to amortisation are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not

be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable

amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of

assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Non-financial

assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting

date. Any impairment of goodwill is not reversed.

#### Investments

Investments in subsidiaries are stated in the financial statements of the Company at cost less any provision for impairment.

#### Cash and cash equivalents

Cash is defined as cash in hand and on demand deposits. Cash equivalents are defined as short term, highly liquid investments with

original maturities of three months or less.

#### Share-based payments

The Group operates share-based compensation plans that are equity settled. The fair value of the employee services received in

exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense in the Group income statement over the vesting period with

a corresponding adjustment to equity. The expense for options granted is included within operating costs. The charge taken to

the Company income statement reflects only those options granted to employees of the Company with the remainder granted to

employees employed under subsidiary companies. These options are treated in a similar manner to capital contributions with an

addition to investments.

![Graphics]()

85

The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted,

excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to become exercisable.

At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. It

recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to

equity.

For  market-based  conditions,  there  is  no  re-measurement  at  subsequent  reporting  dates.  Therefore,  once  determined,  the

accounting expense will not be reduced if the performance target is not met and awards do not vest.

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share

premium when the options are exercised.

Where the options granted have market based vesting conditions attached, the Group utilises the Monte Carlo pricing model. For

all other option grants the Black Scholes pricing model is applied.

Further details on the Group’s share based compensation plans are provided in note 30.

#### Foreign currency

Items included within the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary

economic environment in which the entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the

Group’s presentational currency.

Foreign  transactions  are  translated  into  the functional  currency  at the  exchange  rate  ruling when  the  transaction  is entered

into. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end

exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement.

On consolidation, the balance sheet of each overseas subsidiary is translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet,

and the  income  and expenses for  each  income statement  are  translated at the  average  exchange rate  for  the period subject

to revenue from overseas subsidiaries’ quarterly, half yearly or annual invoices for Annual Licence Fees or Maintenance being

recognised at the exchange rate at the point of invoicing. Exchange gains and losses arising thereon are recognised as a separate

component of equity. The main overseas balance sheets requiring translation are denominated in US Dollar, Singapore Dollar,

Polish Zloty and Canadian Dollar.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign subsidiaries are taken to shareholders’ equity

on consolidation. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of

the gain or loss on sale.

#### Pensions

The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans in respect of its UK employees and for employees in certain

overseas territories. Employee and employer contributions are based on basic earnings for the current year. The schemes are

funded by payments to trustee-administered funds completely independent of the Group’s finances.

#### Tax incentive schemes

Entities within the Group are entitled to claim special tax deductions in relation to qualifying research and development expenditure.

The Group accounts for such allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowance reduces income tax payable and current

tax expense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as deferred tax assets.

#### Current and deferred income tax

The charge for current tax is based on the results for the year as adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is

calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax  is  provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary  differences arising between the tax bases of

assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not

accounted for, if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at

the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit and loss.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance

sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability

is settled.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

86

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the

temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the

timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will

not reverse in the foreseeable future.

#### Trade and other receivables

Trade  and  other  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  transaction  price  and  to  the  extent  that  it  is  deemed  necessary  are

subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. The Group assesses

impairment on a  forward-looking  basis using  the  expected  credit loss method  and  has applied the  simplified  approach which

permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade and other receivables.

The amount of any provision is recognised in the income statement within other operating costs.

Prepayments are amortised and expensed over the period they relate to, using the straight line method unless another method

better reflects the pattern of consumption. Management periodically review and reassess the recognition period to align with the

substance of the transactions.

#### Trade payables

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest

method. Trade payables are generally settled on 30 day terms.

#### Leasing

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A contract is, or contains a lease if the

contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess

whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:

•  The contract involves the use of an identified asset – this may be specified explicitly or implicitly and should be physically

distinct  or  represent  substantially  all  of  the  capacity  of  a  physically  distinct  asset.  If the  supplier  has  a  substantive

substitution right, then the asset is not identified

•  The Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period

of use; and

•  The Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights

that are most relevant to changing how and for what purposes the asset is used. In rare cases where all the decisions

about how and for what purpose the asset is used are predetermined, the Group has the right to direct the use of the

asset if either:

–  The Group has the right to operate the asset; or

–  The Group designed the asset in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose it will be used.

On lease commencement date, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The right-of-use asset is initially

measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the

commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of

the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful life of the right-of-use asset

is periodically reviewed and if applicable, adjusted for certain re-measurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date,

discounted using the interest rate implicit  in  the  lease  or,  if that rate cannot be readily determined, the  Group’s  incremental

borrowing rate adjusted for lease specific  and  asset  specific  terms  where required. Generally, the Group uses its incremental

borrowing rate as the discount rate adjusted for lease specific and asset specific terms where required.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

–  Fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;

–  Variable  lease  payments  that  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate,  initially  measured  using  the  index  or  rate  as  at  the

commencement date; and

![Graphics]()

87

–  Lease payments in an option renewal period if  the Group is reasonably certain  to exercise an extension option,  and

penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments discounted at the incremental rate of

borrowing. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, or if the

Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise an extension or termination option.

Where the Group leases properties with no defined lease term, management have made an estimate of the remaining lease term

on commencement date based on their view of the business needs. The lease liability is then remeasured if circumstances arise

which change management’s perception of the remaining lease term and subsequent future lease payments.

If the contract includes options to break or terminate the lease which are at the right of the lessor, the Group measures the lease

term based on the expectation that these will lapse unless it has been made aware at the time of adoption. If subsequently the

lessor decides to exercise any of these options, the lease liability is then remeasured due to the change in future lease payments.

When the lease liability is remeasured in the above circumstances, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying value of

the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in the profit or loss if the carrying value of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Where the Group has a legal obligation for future expenditure in relation to onerous lease properties which are either vacant or

being sublet, the right-of-use asset is adjusted by the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required

to settle the present obligation. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the

time value of money and the risks specific to the lease agreement.

The Group presents right-of-use assets within “property, plant and equipment”.

Short term lease and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected to take the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that

have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets.

The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease.

#### Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are

shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

#### Provisions

Provisions are created on the Group’s leased properties where it has a legal obligation to return them to their fair condition at

the end of their respective lease terms. The provision is measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the

future expected repair costs required at the balance sheet date. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects

the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

#### Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in

which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or in respect of interim dividends when they are paid.

#### Dividend income

Dividend income to the Company received from subsidiary investments is recognised in the Company income statement in the

period in which it is paid.

#### Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

The Group holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposure.

Derivatives are initially recognised and measured at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and subsequently

measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement is taken to the income statement except where the derivative is a

designated hedging instrument. The accounting treatment of derivatives classified as hedges depends on their designation, which

occurs on the date that the derivative contract is committed to. At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the

economic relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, including whether changes in the cash flows of the

hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged items. The Group documents its risk management

objectives and strategy for undertaking its hedging transactions. At the year-end the Group has designated its derivatives as a

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

88

hedge of the cost of a highly probable forecasted transaction commitment (‘cash flow hedge’). Gains or losses on cash flow hedges

that are regarded as highly effective are recognised in other comprehensive income. If the forecasted transaction or commitment

results in future income or expenditure, gains or losses deferred in other comprehensive income are transferred to the income

statement in the same period as the underlying income or expenditure. The ineffective portions of the gain or loss on the hedging

instrument are not recognised in other comprehensive income, rather they are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

For the portion of hedges deemed ineffective or transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9, any change

in assets  or liabilities  is  recognised  immediately  in  the  income  statement. When  a hedging  instrument expires  or is  sold, any

cumulative gain or loss  existing  in  equity at that time remains  in  equity  and is recognised when  the  forecasted  transaction  is

ultimately recognised in the income statement.

#### FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s trading, multi-national operations and debt financing expose it to financial risks that include the effects of changes in

foreign currency exchange rates, credit risk, liquidity and interest rates.

The Group manages these risks so as to limit any adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group.

#### (a) Market risk – Foreign exchange

The Group’s major foreign exchange exposures are to the Polish Zloty, US Dollar, Canadian Dollar and Singapore Dollar. Group

policy in this area is to eliminate foreign currency cash flows between Group companies once the size and timing of transactions

can be predicted with sufficient certainty. This has been achieved by hedging Polish Zloty cash outflows 12 months in advance

by using forward foreign currency contracts. These have the effect of fixing the sterling amount of Polish Zlotys to be paid in the

future. The average remaining life of the forward exchange contracts at 31 December 2024 was 6 months (2023: 6 months).

Given the above policy, the table below approximates the impact on the Group’s profit before tax of a 5% exchange rate movement

(strengthening of sterling against the specified currency) of the Group’s major non sterling trading currencies during the year.

2024

£000

2023

£000

Polish Zloty 104 57

US Dollar 212 66

Canadian Dollar 65 71

Singapore Dollar 35 73

416 267

In addition, the table below approximates the impact on the gain or loss of translation on the Group’s financial assets and liabilities

of a 5% exchange rate movement (strengthening of the Sterling against the specified currency) of the Group’s major non sterling

trading currencies.

2024

£000

2023

£000

Polish Zloty ( 5 )        18

US Dollar ( 6 5 3 )        (580)

Canadian Dollar ( 2 3 )        (17)

Singapore Dollar ( 1 )        10

( 6 8 2 )        (569)

For both of the tables displayed above, a 5% weakening of Sterling against the relevant currency, there would be a comparable but

opposite impact on the profit and gain or loss on translation of financial assets and liabilities.

Management have reviewed the 5% exchange rate movement and considered it is an appropriate value in calculating the impact

of foreign exchange exposures.

![Graphics]()

89

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Local Currency Units, was as follows:

2024 2023

PLN

CU ‘000

USD

CU ‘000

CAD

CU ‘000

SGD

CU ‘000

PLN

CU ‘000

USD

CU ‘000

CAD

CU ‘000

SGD

CU ‘000

Trade receivables – 5,625 – 55 – 5,903 – 155

Trade payables

( 5 0 4 )        ( 6 9 )        ( 3 )        – (570)   – (4)   –

Foreign currency

forwards

Buy foreign currency

(cash flow hedges)

69,200 – – – 71,400 – – –

#### (b) Market risk – Interest rate

The Group’s major interest rate exposures during the year arose from both interest payable on borrowings and interest earned

on its cash balances.

In respect of interest payable on borrowings, it is the Group’s policy to enter into an interest rate swap so that there is no change

in interest payable pursuant to changes in interest rates. The fixed interest rate payable on the Group’s credit facility is 2.95% after

the impact of the interest rate swap (2023: 2.95%). Further details can be found in Note 17.

The Group’s policy on interest earned from its cash balances is to maximise the return (subject to the constraints imposed by the

need to limit credit and liquidity risk as detailed below).

Given the above policies the table below approximates the impact on the Group’s profit before tax of an increase of 200 basis

points in interest rates during the year. This is deemed an appropriate level given the current economic climate.

2024

£000

2023

£000

Increase in interest receivable on cash balances

531 499

For a decrease of 200 basis points in interest rates, there would be a comparable but opposite impact on profit.

#### (c) Credit risk

The Group’s major credit risk exposures arise from its cash and trade receivable balances. The Group’s policies in this area are:

–  in respect of cash balances to ensure that deposits are always held across at least 2 financial institutions; and

–  in respect of trade receivables, the client or prospective client’s credit risk is assessed at the commencement of any

new  project  with  payment  terms  agreed  which  are  appropriate.  Regular  receivable  reports  are  provided  to  senior

management.

The table below shows the credit rating and balance of the six major counterparties at the balance sheet date:

Counterparty

Current Rating

(Moody’s)

31 December

2024

Balance

£000

31 December

2023

Balance

£000

Bank A A3 14,820 14,811

Bank B A3 8,590 10,284

Bank C A3

4,198 4,868

27,608 29,963

Customer A BB+ 1,289 1,349

Customer B AA3 1,262 847

Customer C A1

849 731

3,400 2,927

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance

for all trade receivables.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

90

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and accrued income have been grouped based on shared credit risk

characteristics and the days past due.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 31 December 2024 and the

corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and

forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables.

The contract assets relate to unbilled WIP and have substantially the same risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the

same type of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable

approximation of the loss rates for contract assets.

The gross trade receivables amount included within the loss allowance calculation has been adjusted for elements which carry no

expected credit loss; this being the upfront annual licence fees.

Where the Company holds intercompany loan amounts due from fellow group subsidiaries, IFRS 9 requires the measurement of

expected credit losses. These loans were determined to be stage 1 intercompany loans for the purposes of the IFRS 9 impairment

model and consequently a twelve month expected credit loss was calculated.

On that basis, the loss allowance for trade receivables and contract assets as at 31 December 2024 for the Group was calculated

as follows (2023: £358,000):

2024

Not past due

£000

Less than one

month overdue

£000

One to two

months

overdue

£000

Two to three

months

overdue

£000

More than

three months

overdue

£000

Total

£000

Expected loss rate 1% 5% 10% 15% 20%

Net carrying amount – trade receivables

499 3,247 1,171 336 2,002 7,255

Amounts subject to loss allowance

499 3,247 1,171 336 2,002 7,255

Specific loss allowance – – – – 1,782 1,782

Loss allowance

5 162 117 50 44 378

Total

5 162 117 50 1,826 2,160

2023

Not past due

£000

Less than one

month overdue

£000

One to two

months

overdue

£000

Two to three

months

overdue

£000

More than

three months

overdue

£000

Total

£000

Expected loss rate 1% 5% 10% 15% 20%

Net carrying amount – trade receivables

2,225  1,781  727 860 227  5,820

Amounts subject to loss allowance

2,225  1,781  727 860 227  5,820

Specific loss allowance – – – – – –

Loss allowance

22   89  73 129 45 358

Total

22 89 73 129 45 358

The loss allowance for the Company was calculated as being nil (2023:nil).

Trade receivables are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

#### (d) Liquidity risk

The Group’s major liquidity exposures arise from the need to settle its trade, employee and taxation liabilities as they fall due.

Whilst the Group is comfortably able to finance all of these payments out of operating cash flows, policies are in place to further

limit exposure to liquidity risk:

–  surplus cash is never deposited for maturities of longer than 110 days; and

–  uncommitted facilities will be entered into to support any specific expansion opportunities that arise.

Management  monitors  forecasts  of  the  Group’s  liquidity  reserve  on  the  basis  of  expected  cash  flow.  The  Group’s  liquidity

management policy involves projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet

these.

![Graphics]()

91

The  table  below  analyses  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  and  net-settled  derivative  financial  liabilities  into  relevant  maturity

groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the

table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows including interest.

Group

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

After

5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2024

Borrowings 7,180 7,373 – – – 7,373

Capital lease obligations 2,943 633 844 1,267 544 3,288

Derivative financial instruments 214 214 – – – 214

Trade and other payables

7,468 7,468 – – – 7,468

17,805 15,688 844 1,267 544 18,343

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

After

5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2023

Borrowings 8,389 1,525 7,418 – – 8,943

Capital lease obligations 3,014 538 799 1,198 906 3,441

Trade and other payables

7,684 7,684 – – – 7,684

19,087 9,747 8,217 1,198 906 20,068

Company

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between 2

and 5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2024

Borrowings 7,180 7,373 – – 7,373

Trade and other payables

3,577 3,577 – – 3,577

10,757 10,950 – – 10,950

Carrying

amount

£000

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

Total

£000

At 31 December 2023

Borrowings 8,389 1,525 7,418 – 8,943

Trade and other payables

14,882 14,882 – – 14,882

23,271 16,407 7,418 – 23,825

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

92

The table below analyses the Group’s derivative financial instruments  which  will  be  settled  on  a gross basis into the relevant

maturity groups based on the remaining period at the balance sheet to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in

the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

At 31 December 2024

Forward foreign exchange contracts

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (13,533)        – –

Inflow 13,338 – –

Interest rate swap

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (81)        ( 6 6 )        –

Inflow

311 222 –

35 156 –

Less than

1 year

£000

Between

1 and 2 years

£000

Between

2 and 5 years

£000

At 31 December 2023

Forward foreign exchange contracts

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (13,624)   – –

Inflow 14,246 – –

Interest rate swap

– cash flow hedges

Outflow (275)   (230)   –

Inflow

586 489 –

933 259 –

#### Fair value estimation

#### Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other

payables, and loans and borrowings (including capitalised lease obligations), however, due to their short term nature and ability

to be liquidated at short notice their carrying value approximates their fair value.

#### Financial instruments measured at fair value

The fair value hierarchy of the financial instruments measures at fair value is provided below.

Level 2

2024

£’000

2023

£’000

Financial Assets

Derivative financial assets (designated hedge instruments)

387 1,141

387 1,141

Financial Liabilities

Derivative financial liabilities (designated hedge instruments)

214 –

214 –

The derivative financial assets and liabilities have been valued using the market approach, using actual market transactions for

similar assets and liabilities, which are considered to be Level 2 inputs. There were no changes to the valuation techniques used in

the year. There were no transfers between levels during the year.

![Graphics]()

93

#### Capital risk management

The Group’s capital is considered by the Board to be the equity of the Company’s shareholders and includes the Group’s tangible

and  intangible  fixed  assets  and  cash  and  debt  balances.  The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  the

Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders

and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the

Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to

reduce debt.

Aptitude Software Group plc manage the capital structure based on the economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the

Group. The Board reviews the capital structure regularly. In the year, the Group operated a share buyback programme, providing

enhanced returns to shareholders.

Our general funding policy is to raise long term debt when required to meet the anticipated requirements of the Group. Details of

the Group’s existing loan facility is provided in note 19 to the financial statements.

#### CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

#### Accounting judgments

#### (a) Recognition of revenue

The policy for the recognition of software licences, maintenance and subscription fees is detailed on pages 80 to 82.

Assessment of performance obligations

For  Annual  Licence  Fees,  the  Group  determines  for  each  contract  whether  ongoing  contractual  software  maintenance  and

subscription fees represent a performance obligation that is distinct from the licence. For all existing contracts, it is determined

that the ongoing contractual obligations form part of a combined performance obligation with the software licence. This is through

the customer simultaneously receiving the benefit of accessing and utilising the software from inception of the contract across the

period due to the need for the software to adapt over time to the changing needs and complexities of the regulatory environment.

For product specific consultancy, the Group also concludes for each contract as to whether this represents a separate, distinct

performance obligation from the licence. For all existing contracts, the services being provided met the criteria of being a separate,

distinct performance obligation on the basis that contractually the customer could choose to purchase the services elsewhere

without significantly affecting the promises included in the licence and maintenance agreement.

How the combined performance obligation should be recognised

Once  the  Group  concludes  on  the  revenue  recognition  profile,  the  business  determines  on  a  contract  by  contract  basis  the

period over which the revenues are recognised. This period is defined as the optimisation period and represents the duration of

time assessed by management during which the most significant optimisation and functional enhancements of the software is

undertaken. Where the optimisation period for a client is assessed by management as being greater than the initial term of the

contract, the revenues recognised across the minimum term are equal to the total value of the contract.

Revenue recognition constraint

During the period from the Group initially licencing its software to the product being deployed into a live client environment,

an ongoing assessment is performed by management on a contract by contract basis to determine if sufficient challenges exist

that would cast doubt over future economic benefits being realised by the business. Where such challenges exist, the revenue

recognised across the period is constrained to the value of any amount invoiced and paid prior to the end of the reporting date,

with this being assessed as the consideration during the period up to deployment. Once the software is deployed, the amount

of revenue recognised is adjusted so that it is proportional to the Group’s development effort to date against the total expected

development hours to be incurred across the contract period.

Product specific consultancy deferral

For any implementation service contract where the client is contracting on a time and materials basis, an assessment is made

by management at the year-end of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain

contractual  obligations  without  incremental  charge.  Where  such  effort  is  anticipated,  an  accompanying  deferral  is  calculated

based on the value of this time if charged to the client and is recognised through the deferral of revenues.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

94

#### (b) Impairment of goodwill

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash generating units to which goodwill

has been allocated. The judgement is in relation to the allocation to a single CGU. The Group has determined that it has only one

cash generating unit at the year end, this being the Aptitude business.

This determination was made with reference to the following principal factors:

•  Information provided to management and the Board utilised to assess the performance of the business and make decisions

is done on a consolidated Group basis;

•  Key management personnel are compensated based on the performance of the business as a whole;

•  Operating and capital budgets are only approved or modified by management based on financial information for the business

as a whole;

•  Clients are serviced across the Group’s global offices meaning each regions cash inflows and assets are not independent from

other regions; and

•  Clients often purchase one or more of the Group’s highly complementary and integrated products as part of an all-in price

removing any possibility to accurately determine the recoverable amount on each. Consequently, the products’ cash inflows

and assets are not independent from other products.

#### (c) Impairment of other intangibles

The Group also assesses annually any indicators that other intangible assets might be impaired. The impairment tests are based

on value-in-use calculations on a similar basis to that used in the impairment of Goodwill calculation and is therefore subject to

the same estimates by management.

#### (d) Impairment of investments

The Group assesses its investments for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. The Group has carried out

an impairment review on the value of investments held in the Company. Where the investment is held in a company which has an

ongoing trade, the value is derived by a value in use calculation of the cash generating units. This is done on a similar basis to that

used in the impairment of goodwill calculation as detailed above and is therefore subject to the same estimates by management.

Where the investment is held in a company which is no longer trading, the value is derived from the carrying value of the net

assets on the balance sheet of that entity.

#### (e) Development costs

The  Group  invests  on  a  continual  basis  in  the  development  of  new  and  enhanced  features  in  the  product  suite.  There  is  a

continual process of enhancements to and expansion of the overall product suite with judgement required in assessing whether

the development  costs  meet  the  criteria for  capitalisation. These  judgements have  been  applied  consistently  year to  year. In

making this judgement, the Group evaluates,  amongst  other  factors, whether there are future economic benefits beyond the

current period, the stage at which technical feasibility has been achieved, management’s intention to complete and use or sell

the product, the likelihood of success, availability of technical and financial resources to complete the development phase and

management’s ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the project.

Judgement is therefore required in determining the practice for capitalising development costs. The accounting policy for research

and product development is detailed on pages 83 to 84 and in the current year there are no development expenses that have

been capitalised (2023: £nil). The total product management, research and development expenditure in the period is £17.7 million

(2023: £17.8 million).

Given the challenges surrounding the complexity of underlying software development issues and the competitive nature of the

markets in which we operate, technical feasibility and future probability of development has only been satisfied once the product

is deployed into a live client environment. Accordingly, development costs have not been capitalised.

Costs which are incurred after the general release of internally generated software, or costs which are incurred in order to enhance

existing products by way of minor or major upgrades, or other changes in software functionality, do not satisfy the criteria in order

to capitalise. Such expenditure is therefore recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred and included within

research and development expense in the income statement.

![Graphics]()

95

#### (f) Contingent liabilities

The Group reviews any potential claims, if applicable, to assess if there are any possible obligations, as it has yet to be confirmed

whether  the  entity  has  a  present  obligation,  or  any  present  obligations  of  which  it  is  either  not  probable  that  an  outflow  of

resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or a sufficiently reliable estimate of the amount

of the obligation cannot be made. Where any of these conditions are met, a contingent liability is disclosed.

#### (g) Taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement in determining the amount to be recognised.

In particular, judgement is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration

given to the timing and level of future taxable income.

#### (h) Impairment of receivables

The Group assesses the recoverability of receivables and measures expected credit losses as at the balance sheet date. Where

the Group assess an expected credit loss, an allowance is made to the receivable and recognised in the income statement (see

Note 16).

#### Accounting estimates

#### (a) Recognition of revenue

Method of recognising revenue

Where the software licence and maintenance fees meet the criteria of a combined performance obligation, the Group determines

for each contract the most appropriate method of recognising revenue in line with development activity related to the relevant

product. Measurement of the development activity is completed by way of the input method, with management providing an

initial estimate of the overall expected development hours to be incurred across the period. This estimate is then reviewed against

actual hours incurred at the end of each reporting period.

The estimation of  the  development activity, principally  the  number of  hours  anticipated  to be  incurred,  impacts  all customer

contracts and therefore as at 31 December 2024, the deferred income balance of £32.2 million (2023: £31.5 million) and accrued

income balance £0.8 million (2023: £0.4 million) have been calculated pursuant to estimates. Sensitivity analysis was performed

with management considering the impact of a 5% proportional movement in the estimated development effort and determined

that in all cases, with all other variables being held constant, the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods

was not material.

Product specific consultancy deferral

As outlined with the accounting judgments applied to the recognition of revenue, management make a deferral of revenue at

the year-end of the expected amount of any additional consultancy effort to be provided to satisfy certain contractual obligations

without  incremental  charge.  Where  such  effort  is  anticipated,  management  estimate  the  amount  required  along  with  the

accompanying value of this time if charged to the client. The estimate for 2024 is £541,000 (2023: £1,023,000). Sensitivity analysis

was performed with management considering the impact of a 5% proportional movement in the estimated consultancy effort and

determined that in all cases the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods was not material.

#### (b) Taxation

Income tax

The actual tax the Group pays on its profits is determined according to complex tax laws and regulations. Where the effect of

these laws and regulations is unclear, judgements and estimates are used in determining the liability for the tax to be paid on past

profits which are then recognised in the financial statements. The Group believes the estimates, assumptions and judgements are

reasonable but this can involve complex issues which may take a number of years to resolve. The final determination of prior year

tax liabilities could be different from the estimates reflected in the financial statements and may result in the recognition of an

additional tax expense or tax credit in the income statement.

![Graphics]()

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

96

USA sales and use tax

The Group continues to review its liability to tax its supplies in a number of states following changes in the interpretation and

application of sales tax regulations in the USA. Whilst for the majority of states this review has been concluded, the Group still

considers that there is risk, that some elements of its supplies in a few remaining states would have been subject to sales tax in

previous periods. Consequently, the Group holds a provision totalling £0.3 million (2023: £0.7 million) at the year-end equating to

the potential historic sales tax liability the business is exposed to as a result of the risk of non-recoverability from its clients who

will bear these costs going forwards. The value of this provision has been determined based on management’s estimate of which

supplies it believes are captured by the regulation, which clients we have a risk of non-recoverability from and over what historic

period this provision should be held against.

Sensitivity  analysis  was  performed  with  management  considering  the  impact  of  a  reasonable  proportional  movement  in  the

estimates applied and determined that in all cases the impact on the assets and liabilities presented across both periods was not

material.

#### (c) Impairment of goodwill

The value in  use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash generating

unit and a suitable discount rate  in  order to calculate present value. The discount rate applied in the value in  use  calculation

approximates to the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital.

The Group annually reviews the goodwill valuation based on various scenarios and each of these scenarios have different growth

rate assumptions.  The  growth  rate assumptions  are  in  relation  to  periods  covered  by  Board  approved  plans.  Details  of  these

scenarios, growth rate assumptions and sensitivities are provided in note 10.

![Graphics]()

97

Notes to the Consolidated

Financial Statements

Financial Statements

1.  Segmental Information

#### Business segments

The Board has determined the operating segments based on the reports it receives from management to make strategic

decisions.

The reports from management consist of one segment, the Aptitude business. Therefore, the only business segment for

both periods was Aptitude and therefore no segmental analysis is provided for this or the corresponding period.

The principal activity of the Group throughout 2023 and 2024 was the provision of business-critical software and services.

#### (a) Geographical segments

The Group has two geographical segments for reporting purposes, the United Kingdom and the Rest of the World.

The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s sales by origin and by destination along with the profit before tax.

Sales revenue by origin Sales revenue by destination Profit before income tax

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

United Kingdom 38,430 41,087 12,220 11,747 3,557 3,518

Rest of World 31,614 33,598 57,824 62,938 2,036 1,522

70,044 74,685 70,044 74,685 5,593 5,040

The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of non-current assets (excluding deferred and income tax assets), and

additions to property, plant and equipment (excluding right-of-use asset additions resulting from property lease agreements)

and intangible assets, analysed by the geographical area in which the assets are located.

Carrying amount of

non-current assets Capital expenditure

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

United Kingdom 51,130 54,525 187 65

Rest of World 15,034 14,720 1,414 536

66,164 69,245 1,601 601

The Company’s business is to invest in its subsidiaries and, therefore, it operates in a single segment.

![Graphics]()

98

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

2.  Revenue from contracts with customers

#### (a) Analysis of revenue from contracts with customers

The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services in the following major product lines and geographical

regions:

#### Continuing operations

Recurring revenue Non-recurring revenue

Year ended 31 Dec 24

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

Total

£000

Revenue from external

customers

9,956 44,471 54,427 2,264 13,353 15,617 70,044

Recurring revenue Non-recurring revenue

Year ended 31 Dec 23

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

United

Kingdom

£000

Rest of World

£000

Total

£000

Total

£000

Revenue from external

customers 9,537 43,833 53,370 2,210 19,105 21,315 74,685

All of the revenue displayed in the above table is recognised over time in line with the Group’s accounting policy detailed on

pages 80 to 82 and has been generated from contracts with customers.

For recurring revenue, the Group typically receives payment for its licence and maintenance fees annually in advance of the

performance obligations being satisfied. Non-recurring revenue is paid as and when either the services have been provided

or, in the case of fixed price projects in line with the payment schedule.

During both periods presented the Group had no customers whose revenue represented an amount equal to or exceeding

10% of total revenue.

#### (b) Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers

The Group has recognised assets and liabilities relating to contracts with customers. These amounts are classified as accrued

and deferred income respectively for the purposes of this report and are displayed within notes 16 and 20.

#### (i) Significant movements in accrued and deferred income

Accrued income has increased against the prior year to £801,000 at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £396,000) due

to timing differences on when the software or service was provided against when it has been invoiced to the customer.

Deferred income has increased in the year to £32.2 million (31 December 2023: £31.5 million). The movement is due to the

growth in recurring revenues during the year which has caused an uplift in the value of Annual License and subscription fee

invoices issued during 2024 in excess of that recognised.

#### (ii) Revenue recognised in relation to deferred income

The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to the release of the

carried-forward deferred income balance on 31 December of the previous period:

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Revenue recognised that was included in the deferred income balance at 31 December of the previous period 30,600 26,913

![Graphics]()

99

2.  Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

#### (iii) Revenue yet to be recognised on long-term contracts

The following table details the value of future contracted revenue resulting from the Group’s fixed price long term software

and services contracts which is yet to be recognised in the income statement due to the relevant contractual performance

obligations not being satisfied before the year end. These amounts are set to be recognised in the Group’s income statement

across  the  period  1  January  2025  to  31  December  2030  on  a  contract  by  contract  basis  as  and  when  the  performance

obligations are met:

Group

As at 31 Dec

2024

£000

Group

As at 31 Dec

2023

£000

Aggregate amount of future contracted revenue in relation to long-term software and service contracts that is not

recognised in the income statement as at 31 December 78,026 80,956

Group

As at 31 Dec

2024

£000

Group

As at 31 Dec

2023

£000

Revenue to be recognised in the Group’s income statement:

Within one year 45,586 40,716

Within two to five years 32,440 39,890

After five years – 350

78,026 80,956

All other software and service contracts are billed based on time incurred. As permitted under IFRS 15, these amounts have

been excluded for the purposes of the above calculation given the variable nature.

#### (iv) Assets recognised from costs to fulfil a contract

In addition to the contract balances disclosed above, the Group has also recognised an asset in relation to the commission

costs of obtaining a contract. This is amortised on a straight-line basis over the optimisation period assessed by management

and presented within other long-term assets in the balance sheet. See further details on the optimisation period within the

revenue recognition policy.

Group

As at 31 Dec

2024

£000

Group

As at 31 Dec

2023

£000

Asset recognised from costs incurred to fulfil a contract at 31 December 730 1,016

Amortisation recognised as cost of providing services during the year from continuing operations 488 653

![Graphics]()

100

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 3 Operating profit

The following items are included in operating costs:

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Employee benefit expense (note 4) 40,620 44,592

Depreciation and amortisation of acquired intangibles 1,370 1,049

Other operating costs 18,136 19,318

60,126 64,959

Non-underlying operating costs:

Amortisation of intangibles 3,381 3,381

Reorganisation costs 862 1,060

4,243 4,441

64,369 69,400

The reorganisation costs in the current period relate to restructuring within the Product and Technology departments. In the

prior year, the reorganisation costs were in relation to the continued integration of MPP Global into the Group.

Profit from continuing operations has been arrived at after charging:

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses) 129 (535)

Research and development costs 17,658 17,843

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 1,304 1,049

(Loss)/gain on disposal of fixed assets ( 1 2 )        51

Amortisation of acquired intangibles 66 –

Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment 196 248

Low value or short term rental expense 437 550

During the year the group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditors at costs as detailed below:

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Fees payable to Company’s auditors for the audit of the Parent Company and consolidated financial statements 290 140

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services:

– the audit of Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 22 115

312 255

A description of the work of the Audit Committee is included in the Audit Committee Report on pages 34 to 39 and includes

an explanation of how auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided by the

auditors. No non-audit services were provided in the current or prior year.

![Graphics]()

101

#### 4 Employees and directors

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Employee benefit expense during the year

Wages and salaries 36,533 40,574 297 420

Social security costs 2,351 2,622 46 66

Other pension costs 1,125 1,271 – 5

Share based payment costs on share options 611 125 – (173)

40,620 44,592 343 318

Average monthly number of employees (including directors) for the Group and Company:

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

Number

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

Number

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

Number

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

Number

By location:

United Kingdom 132 154 4 5

Rest of World 333 346 – –

465 500 4 5

Group headcount at 31 December 2024 was 449 (2023: 472).

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Key management compensation:

Short-term employee benefits 1,709 2,204

Social security costs 116 220

Post employment benefits 47 87

Share based payment costs on share options 245 218

2,117 2,729

Key management compensation for the Group includes the Board of the Company and senior executives within the Group.

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Directors:

Short-term employee benefits 836 928

Social security costs 61 112

Post employment benefits 19 31

Share based payment costs on share options 147 66

1,063 1,137

Average monthly number of Directors and senior executives in respect of continuing operations were 10 (2023: 11). The key

management figures given above include the Directors of Aptitude Software Group plc.

The information on Directors’ remuneration required by the Companies Act and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct

Authority is contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 57. Amounts displayed throughout the tables

above exclude the impact of long term incentive awards and Deferred Bonus Plan awards which have either been exercised

in the year or have vested but are yet to be exercised.

![Graphics]()

102

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 5 Net finance cost

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Finance income

Interest on bank deposits 368 282

368 282

Finance cost

Interest payable on bank borrowings ( 2 9 0 )        (316)

Interest payable on lease liabilities ( 1 1 9 )        (129)

Amortisation of loan arrangement fee ( 4 1 )        (82)

( 4 5 0 )        (527)

Net finance cost ( 8 2 )        (245)

#### 6 Income tax expense

Analysis of charge in the year

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Current tax:

– tax charge on underlying items (1,562)        (2,463)

– adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items 192 (241)

Total current tax (1,370)        (2,704)

Deferred tax (note 15):

– tax (charge)/credit on underlying items (114)        951

– tax credit on non-underlying items 871 871

– adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items – (33)

Total deferred tax 757 1,789

Income tax expense (613)        (915)

The net adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods on underlying items totalling £192,000 (2023: £274,000) relates to the

reduction in the assumed benefit from research and development relief in the UK.

UK corporation tax is calculated at 25% (2023: 23.5%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other

jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

UK corporation tax rates substantively enacted as part of the March 2021 Bill included an increase of the rate to 25% from

1 April 2023.

![Graphics]()

103

#### 6 Income tax expense (continued)

The tax for the year is lower than (2023: lower than) the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25% (2023: 23.5%).

The differences are explained below:

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Profit before tax 5,593 5,040

Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 25% (2023: 23.5%) (1,398)        (1,185)

Effects of:

Adjustment to tax in respect of prior periods 192 (274)

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates 67 62

Non-underlying expenses not deductible for tax purposes (69)        (138)

Other 190 166

Research and development tax relief 124 226

Polish research and development tax relief 300 190

Change in future tax rates ( 1 9 )        38

Total taxation (613)        (915)

The  total  tax  charge  of  £613,000  (2023:  £915,000)  represents  11.0%  (2023:  18.2%)  of  the  Group  profit  before  tax  of

£5,593,000 (2023: £5,040,000). The change in effective tax rate is due to research and development tax relief.

After adjusting for the impact of non-underlying items, tax losses and prior year tax charge, the tax charge for the year of

£1,976,000 (2023: £1,702,000) represents 20.09% (2023: 17.95%), which is the tax rate used for calculating the adjusted

earnings per share.

Tax losses are not recognised as a deferred tax asset when there is no available evidence that future taxable profits will be

generated for which the deferred tax asset can be utilised against.

![Graphics]()

104

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 7 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of

all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group has dilutive potential ordinary shares in the form of share options granted to

employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Year ended 31 Dec 2024 Year ended 31 Dec 2023

Earnings

£000

Weighted

average

number of

shares

(in thousands)

Per-share

amount

pence

Earnings

£000

Weighted

average

number of

shares

(in thousands)

Per-share

amount

pence

Basic EPS

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders 4,980 56,837 8.8 4,125 57,338 7.2

Effect of dilutive securities:

– share options – 1,010 (0.2)        – 670 (0.1)

Diluted EPS 4,980 57,847 8.6 4,125 58,008 7.1

To provide an indication of the underlying operating performance per share the adjusted profit after tax figure shown below

excludes non-underlying and other items and has a tax charge using the effective rate of 20.09% (2023: 17.95%).

Year ended 31 Dec 2024 Year ended 31 Dec 2023

Basic EPS

pence

Diluted EPS

pence

Basic EPS

pence

Diluted EPS

pence

Earnings per share 8.8 8.6 7.2 7.1

Non-underlying items net of tax 5.9 5.8 6.2 6.2

Prior years’ tax charge ( 0 . 3 )        ( 0 . 3 )        0.5 0.5

Recognition of tax losses ( 0 . 5 )        ( 0 . 5 )        (0.3)   (0.3)

Adjusted earnings per share 13.9 13.6 13.6 13.5

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Profit before tax and non-underlying items 9,836 9,481

Tax charge at a rate of 20.09% (2023: 17.95%) (1,976)        (1,702)

7,860 7,779

Tax adjustments in respect of prior years 192 (274)

Non-underlying items net of tax (3,372)        (3,570)

Recognition of tax losses 300 190

Profit on ordinary activities after tax 4,980 4,125

![Graphics]()

105

#### 8 Dividends

2024

pence

per share

2023

pence

per share

2024

£000

2023

£000

Dividends paid:

Interim dividend 1.80 1.80 1,024 1,032

Final dividend (prior year) 3.60 3.60 2,057 2,064

5.40 5.40 3,081 3,096

Proposed but not recognised as a liability:

Final dividend (current year) 3.60 3.60 2,006 2,064

The proposed final dividend was approved by the Board on 25 March 2025 but was not included as a liability as at 31 December

2024, in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet date’. If approved by the shareholders at the Annual General

Meeting this final dividend will  be  payable  on 13 June 2025 to shareholders on  the  register  at  the  close of business on

23 May 2025. The final dividend will be subject to changes for the value of the buyback completed when payable.

#### 9 Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets

Right-of-use

assets

£000

Leasehold

improvements

£000

Plant &

machinery

£000

Fixtures &

fittings

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2024 3,403 413 5,586 985 10,387

Additions 398 – 340 141 879

Disposals – (120)   (198)   (65)   ( 3 8 3 )

Exchange movements 5 18 (75)   (9)   ( 6 1 )

At 31 December 2024 3,806 311 5,653 1,052 10,822

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2024 742 397 4,407 357 5,903

Charge for the year (note 3)   458 2 521 323 1,304

Disposals – (107)   (198)   (64)   ( 3 6 9 )

Exchange movements 10 13 (53)   (2)   ( 3 2 )

At 31 December 2024 1,210 305 4,677 614 6,806

Net book amount

At 31 December 2024 2,596 6 976 438 4,016

![Graphics]()

106

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 9 Property, plant and equipment including right-of-use assets (continued)

Right-of-use

assets

£000

Leasehold

improvements

£000

Plant &

machinery

£000

Fixtures &

fittings

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2023 4,614 621 5,383 494 11,112

Additions – – 601 – 601

Transfers (489)   (214)   214 489 –

Disposals (616)   – (729)   – (1,345)

Exchange movements (106)   6 117 2 19

At 31 December 2023 3,403 413 5,586 985 10,387

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2023 1,504 168 3,917 420 6,009

Charge for the year (note 3)   435 5 522 87 1,049

Transfers (694)   220 624 (150)   –

Disposals (499)   – (729)   – (1,228)

Exchange movements (4)   4 73 – 73

At 31 December 2023 742 397 4,407 357 5,903

Net book amount

At 31 December 2023 2,661 16 1,179 628 4,484

All the Group’s right-of-use assets relate to the capital lease agreements for various office space.

Plant &

machinery

£000

Total

£000

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2024 471 471

Additions – –

Disposals – –

At 31 December 2024 471 471

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2024 447 447

Charge for the year 11 11

Disposals – –

At 31 December 2024 458 458

Net book amount

At 31 December 2024 13 13

Plant &

machinery

£000

Total

£000

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2023 452 452

Additions 19 19

At 31 December 2023 471 471

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2023 437 437

Charge for the year 10 10

At 31 December 2023 447 447

Net book amount

At 31 December 2023 24 24

![Graphics]()

107

#### 10 Goodwill

31 Dec 2024

£000

31 Dec 2023

£000

Cost

At 1 January 46,006 46,006

At 31 December 46,006 46,006

Net book amount 46,006 46,006

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected

to benefit from that business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

Aptitude

£000

Total

£000

At 1 January and 31 December 2024 46,006 46,006

The  Group  tests  goodwill  annually  for  impairment,  or  more  frequently  if  there  are  indications  that  goodwill  might  be

impaired.

The group is a single CGU and determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the CGU

to which all goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows

expected to arise from the CGU and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. This is compared against the

market capitalisation of the business, less costs of disposal. The higher of the two values is deemed the recoverable amount

for the purposes of impairment testing.

For the  purposes  of performing  the  goodwill impairment  review,  the Group  have  utilised the  Board  approved plans  for

the three-year period to  31st  December  2027 followed by anticipated growth in operating profit of 10% per annum for

the period 2028-2029.  The  growth rates and assumptions  applied  were based on  the  Group’s assessment of  the  future

opportunities within the market, with no change in working capital assumptions and the existing loan to be repaid in full on

termination date.

In determining the values, management have utilised Board approved plans and market consensus data.

The terminal growth rates for the period after 2029 are no greater than 2.25% (2023: 2.25%) per annum. The utilisation of

deferred tax losses to offset the tax payable has not been considered. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash

flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of

the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The discount rate applied to the CGU was 14.1% (2023: 13.9%).

Sensitivity analysis was performed on the business with a 10% proportional movement in any combination of the assumptions

not resulting in an impairment.

![Graphics]()

108

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 11 Intangible assets

Software IPR

£000

Customer

relationships

£000

Externally

acquired

licenses

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2024 17,872 10,869 – 28,741

Additions – – 1,120 1,120

At 31 December 2024 17,872 10,869 1,120 29,861

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2024 6,753 4,249 – 11,002

Amortisation 2,109 1,272 66 3,447

At 31 December 2024

8,862 5,521 66 14,449

Net book amount

At 31 December 2024 9,010 5,348 1,054  15,412

Software IPR

£000

Customer

relationships

£000

Total

£000

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2023 17,872 10,869 28,741

At 31 December 2023 17,872 10,869 28,741

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2023 4,644 2,977 7,621

Amortisation 2,109 1,272 3,381

At 31 December 2023 6,753 4,249 11,002

Net book amount

At 31 December 2023 11,119 6,620 17,739

The Company held no intangible assets during the year (2023: £nil).

The software intellectual property rights (IPR) relates to expected future benefits of software and development projects

in  progress  at  the  date  of  acquisition  of  the  Group’s  subsidiaries.  As  at  31  December  2024  no  internal  research  and

development costs have been capitalised. The client relationships relate to expected benefits to be obtained from recurring

levels of business from clients obtained as a result of acquisitions. The useful lives of the intangible assets acquired as part

of the acquisition of Revstream in 2017 have been determined as 10 years in respect of both software IPR and customer

relationships (2023: 10 years). The useful lives of the intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of MPP Global

in 2021 have been determined as 8 years in respect of both software IPR and customer relationships (2023: 8 years). At

31 December 2024, the carrying value of the intangible assets in relation to Revstream is £2,256,000 (2023: £3,102,000). The

carrying value of the intangible assets in relation to MPP Global is £12,102,000 (2023: £14,637,000).

In  the  year, the  Group  purchased  perpetual  software  licenses  and  determined  a  useful  economic  life  of  10  years.  The

amortisation charge has been shown in underlying costs.

The amortisation charge in the year for IPR and customer relationships is shown in non-underlying costs.

![Graphics]()

109

#### 12 Investments in subsidiaries

The Group did not hold any investments in 2024 (2023: nil).

2024

£000

2023

£000

Company

Cost

At 1 January 97,758 97,460

Share based payments – share options granted to employees of subsidiaries 611 298

At 31 December

98,369 97,758

Impairment

At 1 January and 31 December 28,950 28,950

Net book amount

At 31 December 69,419 68,808

Investments are held at cost less provisions for impairment. If there is an impairment trigger then the recoverable amounts

of the investments are determined by calculating a value in use for the appropriate subsidiary investment. Management

estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the subsidiary investments.

Where the investment is held in a company which is no longer trading, the value is derived from the carrying value of the net

assets on the balance sheet of that entity.

The Directors consider the value of the investments to be supported by their underlying assets and consider there to be no

indicators of impairment.

Subsidiaries Country Activity

Aptitude Software (Canada) Limited \* Canada Employment and Group Services

Aptitude Software Inc.\* USA Software and Services

Aptitude Software Limited\*\* England & Wales Software and Services

Aptitude Software (Poland) sp. z o.o.\* Poland Development

Aptitude Software (Singapore) pte. Limited Singapore Software and Services

Aptitude Revstream Inc.\* USA Software and Services

MPP Global Solutions Limited\*\* England & Wales Software and Services

MPP Global Solutions Inc\* USA Software and Services

MPP Global Solutions kk\* Japan Software and Services

\*  Indirectly held by Aptitude Software Group plc

\*\*  Aptitude Software Limited (03475849) and MPP Global Solutions Limited (03951843) have taken the audit exemption under S479A Companies Act 2006.

As at 31 December 2024, the Company owns 100% of the ordinary share capital in the above subsidiaries.

The registered office of the group’s principal subsidiaries which is not that of the Company are detailed below:

Subsidiary Registered office

Aptitude Software (Canada) Limited 1055 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500 Royal Centre, PO Box 11117, Vancouver, British Columbia,

V6E 4N7, Canada

Aptitude Software Inc CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, 10011

Aptitude Software (Poland) sp. z o.o. ul. Legnicka 48, Budynek G, 54-202 Wrocław, Poland

Aptitude Software (Singapore) pte. Limited 600 North Bridge Road, 23-01 Parkway Square, Singapore (188778)

Aptitude RevStream Inc. Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle Delaware, 19801

MPP Global Solutions Inc CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, 10011

MPP Global Solutions kk Tobu Bidg 6F, 6 Chrome-28-9 Jingumae, Shibuya, Tokyo 150-0001

![Graphics]()

110

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 13 Other long-term assets

Group

2024

£000

Group

2023

£000

Prepaid commission costs 730 1,016

Per  IFRS  15,  the  Group’s  assessment  is  that  commission  incurred  on  software  licence  sales  meets  the  definition  of

incremental costs of obtaining a contract. An asset is therefore recognised at inception of the contract for the total value of

commissions payable which is then amortised across the optimisation period assessed for each customer. Further detail on

the optimisation period can be found in the Group’s revenue recognition policy detailed on pages 80 to 82.

The Company held no other long term assets during the year (2023: £nil).

#### 14 Current income tax assets

As at 31 December 2024, the Group has income tax assets totalling £1,721,000 (2023: £1,037,000), all of which is expected

to be  recovered  within  12  months.  These  amounts are  in  relation  to  recoverable  corporation  tax from  the relevant  tax

authorities for offset against future tax instalments.

#### 15 Deferred tax

Deferred tax (other than USA deferred tax) is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a

tax rate of 25% (2023: 25%). USA deferred tax is calculated using an effective rate of 26% being made up of 21% federal and

5% state tax (2023: 27% made up of 21% federal and 6% state tax).

Deferred tax

Group

2024

£’000

Group

2023

£’000

Company

2024

£’000

Company

2023

£’000

Deferred tax

– Deferred tax assets 1,250 1,379 – –

– Deferred tax liabilities (3,722)        (4,967)   ( 4 5 )        (84)

Deferred tax (liability) (2,472)        (3,588)   ( 4 5 )        (84)

Net deferred tax (liability)

Group

2024

£’000

Group

2023

£’000

Company

2024

£’000

Company

2023

£’000

At 1 January (3,588)        (5,301)   ( 1 5 4 )        (116)

Underlying items (charge)/credit to income statement for the year (95)        913 ( 3 )        (57)

Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year 871 871 – –

Credit/(charge) to equity (note 27)   103 (66)   – 17

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25)   242 50 – –

Exchange differences 15 (93)   – –

Changes in tax rate ( 2 0 )        38 – 2

At 31 December (2,472)        (3,588)   ( 1 5 7 )        (154)

![Graphics]()

111

#### 15 Deferred tax (continued)

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of taxable losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred

tax assets where it is probable that these assets will be recovered. The exception related to temporary differences of £30.9m

in relation to investments in subsidiaries has been applied. At 31 December 2024, the Group had unused tax losses totalling

£nil available for offset against future profits.

Deferred tax asset

Short term

timing

differences

£000

Share-based

payments

£000

Total

£000

Group

At 1 January 2023 423 199 622

Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 781 3 784

Charge to equity (note 27)   – (66)   (66)

Changes in tax rate 39 – 39

At 31 December 2023 1,243 136 1,379

Underlying items (charge)/credit to income statement for the year (288)   75 (213)

Credit to equity (note 27)   – 103 103

Changes in tax rate (19)   – (19)

At 31 December 2024 936 314 1,250

Deferred tax liability arising on cash flow hedges, acquisitions of intangible fixed assets and accelerated depreciation:

Deferred tax liability

Accelerated

depreciation

£000

Intangible

fixed assets

£000

Cash flow

hedges

£000

Total

£000

Group

At 1 January 2023 (99)   (5,489)   (335)   (5,923)

Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year – 871 – 871

Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 36 – – 36

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) – – 50 50

Change in tax rate (1)   – – (1)

At 31 December 2023 ( 6 4 )        (4,618)        ( 2 8 5 )        (4,967)

Non-underlying deferred tax credit to the income statement for the year – 871   871

Underlying items credit to income statement for the year 133 – – 133

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) –   242 242

Change in tax rate (1)   – – (1)

At 31 December 2024 68 (3,747)        ( 4 3 )        (3,722)

![Graphics]()

112

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 15 Deferred tax (continued)

Accelerated

capital

allowances

£000

Short term

timing

differences

£000

Share-based

payments

£000

Cash flow

hedge

Total

£000

Company

At 1 January 2023 57 4 26 (203)   (116)

Total (charge) to income statement for the year (9)   (4)   (44)   – (57)

Change in tax rate 2 – – – 2

Credit to equity (note 27)   – – 17 – 17

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25)       70 70

At 31 December 2023 50 – ( 1 )        ( 1 3 3 )        ( 8 4 )

Total (charge) to income statement for the year (3)   – – – (3)

Charge to other comprehensive income (note 25) – – – 42 42

At 31 December 2024 47 – ( 1 )        ( 9 1 )        ( 4 5 )

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention

to settle the balances net. Explanation of the movements in the year is provided on page 111.

#### 16 Trade and other receivables

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Trade receivables 13,197 10,678 – –

Less: provision for impairment of receivables (1,107)        (358)   – –

Trade receivables – net 12,090 10,320 – –

Amount owed by group undertakings – – 15,352 –

Other receivables 216 14 109 45

Prepayments 1,754 1,796 439 503

Accrued income 801 396 – –

14,861 12,526 15,900 548

Within  the  trade  receivables  balance  of  £13,197,000  (2023:  £10,678,000)  there  are  balances  totalling  £6,755,000

(2023: £5,036,000) which, at 31 December 2024, were overdue for payment. Of this balance 55% (2023: 34%) has been

collected at 24 March 2025 (2023: 18 March 2024). The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:

The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:

Trade receivables

31 Dec 2024

£000

31 Dec 2023

£000

Not past due 6,442 5,642

Past due

Less than one month overdue 3,247 1,620

One to two months overdue 1,171 1,099

Two to three months overdue 336 1,217

More than three months overdue 2,001 1,100

At 31 December

13,197 10,678

The Company had no trade receivables in either year.

![Graphics]()

113

#### 16 Trade and other receivables (continued)

Trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Sterling 9,614 7,206 548 548

United States Dollars 5,108 5,167 – –

Other 139 153 – –

14,861 12,526 548 548

Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

At 1 January 358 421

Charged to income statement 20 302

Specific provision 729 (365)

At 31 December 1,107 358

Movements  in  the  provision  for  impaired  trade  receivables  have  been  included  in  the  income  statement  under  other

operating costs. £nil was written off as unrecoverable to the income statement during the year (2023: £365,000).

Non-trade receivables do not contain any impaired assets.

#### 17 Financial instruments

At the balance sheet date, the fair value of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts and the interest rate swap are:

31 Dec 2024 31 Dec 2023

Group

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 368 – 534 –

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 19 214 607 –

387 214 1,141 –

31 Dec 2024 31 Dec 2023

Company

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Assets

£000

Liabilities

£000

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 368 – 534 –

368 – 534 –

#### Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

The maximum exposure to credit risk  at  the  reporting  date is the fair value of the  derivative  assets  in  the consolidated

statement of financial position.

![Graphics]()

114

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 17 Financial instruments (continued)

#### Currency derivatives

As in previous years, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to hedge a proportion of the Group’s forecast Polish Zloty

denominated costs over the next 12 months. The forward exchange contracts mature across the year.

The notional principal amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date are as follows:

31 Dec 2024

£000

31 Dec 2023

£000

Forward foreign exchange contracts – Polish Zloty 13,533 13,624

There  is  an  economic  relationship  between  the  hedged  items  and  the  hedging  instruments  as  the  terms  of the  foreign

exchange contracts match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment

date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign

exchange contracts are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical

derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair

value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:

•  Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments

•  Different  indices  (and  accordingly  different  curves)  linked  to  the  hedged  risk  of  the  hedged  items  and  hedging

instruments

•  The counterparties’ credit risk differently impacting the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged

items

•  Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments.

At  31  December  2024,  the  fair  value  of  the  Group’s  currency  derivatives  is  estimated  to  be  a  liability  of  approximately

£195,000 (2023: asset of £607,000), based on prevailing forward rates as described in the financial risk management policy.

The forward contracts are designated as effective as cash flow hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The

fair value has been recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2024:

Maturity

Polish Zloty (highly probable forecast purchase) 1-6 months 6-12 months Total

Notional amount (£000)   6,670 6,863 13,533

Average GBP:Zloty contract value 5.07 5.16 5.11

Change in fair value of hedging instruments used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness in

the period     (385)

Change in fair value of hedged items used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness in the

period      385

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2023:

Maturity

Polish Zloty (highly probable forecast purchase) 1-6 months 6-12 months Total

Notional amount (£000)   6,654 6,970 13,624

Average GBP:Zloty contract value 5.32 5.17 5.24

The ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement for the year ending 31 December 2024 was £nil (2023: £nil). The

amount recycled to operating costs in the income statement in respect of contracts that matured in 2024 was a gain of

£416,000 (2023: gain of £941,000).

The effective fair value loss from hedging recognised in other comprehensive income during the year ending 31 December

2024 was £385,000 (2023: gain of £1,021,000).

![Graphics]()

115

#### 17 Financial instruments (continued)

#### Interest rate swap

The Group and Company entered into floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the fair value interest rate risk arising

where it has borrowed at floating rates.

There is an economic relationship  between  the  hedged  items and the hedging instruments as  the  terms  of  the interest

rate swap contract match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (i.e. notional amount and expected payment

date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the interest rate

swap contract are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical

derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair

value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

At 31 December 2024 the fair value of the Group’s interest rate derivatives is estimated to be an asset of approximately

£368,000 (2023: £534,000) based on discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and are based

on market prices at the balance sheet date.

The interest rate swap is designated as an effective cash flow hedge in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The

change in fair value of the hedging instrument since the start of the year was £131,000 and has been recognised in other

comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 31 December 2024:

Fixed to floating Floating to fixed

Less than

1 year Total

Less than

1 year Total

Notional amount (£000)   7,188 7,188 7,188 7,188

Weighted average hedged rate SONIA-5 NCCR

LAG + 1.75%

2.95%

Total

£000

Change in fair value of hedging instruments used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness in the period 131

Change in fair value of hedged items used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness in the period (131)

The ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement for the year ending 31 December 2024 was £nil (2023: £nil). In 2024,

the Bank of Ireland announced its withdrawal from the UK market, and as a result, the loan is now repayable, in full, in 2025.

The interest rate swap matures in 2026, resulting in a portion of the hedge becoming ineffective. The impact on the 2024

financial statements is immaterial. The amount recycled to finance costs in the income statement in respect of interest rate

swap settlements in 2024 was a gain of £297,000 (2023: gain of £302,000).

The effective fair value gain from hedging recognised in other comprehensive income during the year ending 31 December

2024 was £131,000 (2023: £23,000 gain).

#### Fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities

Where  market  values  are  not  available,  fair  values  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  have  been  calculated  by

discounting expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year-end exchange rates.

31 Dec 2024 31 Dec 2023

Note

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Group

Cash at bank and in hand 18 30,400 30,400 34,085 34,085

31 Dec 2024 31 Dec 2023

Note

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Book value

£000

Fair value

£000

Company

Cash at bank and in hand 18 17,822 17,822 22,951 22,951

![Graphics]()

116

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 17 Financial instruments (continued)

The carrying amount of borrowings, short term payables and receivables, net of impairment, is equal to their fair value.

Neither the Group or the Company defaulted on any loans during the year. In addition the Group and Company did not

breach the terms of any loan agreements during the year.

#### Credit quality of financial assets

The credit quality of financial assets can be assessed by reference to the customer type.

Group

2024

£000

2023

£000

Trade receivables

Banks and financial institutions 3,303 3,284

Other corporates 3,139 2,358

Total current trade receivables 6,442 5,642

Banks and financial institutions 1,744 542

Other corporates 5,011 4,494

Overdue trade receivables 6,755 5,036

Total trade receivables 13,197 10,678

#### Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits

Current Rating

(Moody’s)

2024

£000

2023

£000

A3 27,608 29,121

Aa3 2,176 4,868

Aa1 559 96

A1 57 –

30,400 34,085

None of the financial assets that are fully performing have been renegotiated in the last year.

![Graphics]()

117

#### 18 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Sterling 18,589 23,815 17,822 22,951

United States Dollar 10,401 8,821 – –

Euros 502 356 – –

Canadian Dollar 647 798 – –

Polish Zloty 189 259 – –

Singapore Dollar 69 29 – –

Japanese Yen 3 7 – –

Cash at bank and in hand

30,400 34,085 17,822 22,951

The effective interest rate on short term deposits was 1.4% (2023: 1.1%).

#### 19 Financial liabilities

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Bank loan 7,180 8,389 7,180 8,389

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within one year 7,188 1,250 7,188 1,250

In the second year – 7,188 – 7,188

7,188 8,438 7,188 8,438

Unamortised prepaid facility arrangement fees ( 8 )        (49)   ( 8 )        (49)

As at 31 December 7,180 8,389 7,180 8,389

On 15 October 2021, the Group and Company entered into a loan agreement with Bank of Ireland consisting of a £10 million

term loan in addition to a revolving credit facility of £10 million. The loan is secured on all the assets of the Group. Operating

covenants are limited to the Group’s net debt leverage of 2.0 : 1 and interest cover of 4.0 : 1. At 31 December 2024, the

Group’s net debt leverage was -2.41 : 1 and interest cover was 17.23 : 1. The term loan is repayable over three years with an

initial 12-month repayment holiday followed by annual capital repayments of £1,250,000. The term loan contains two one-

year extension options, one of which was exercised in 2023. In 2024, Bank of Ireland announced its withdrawal from the UK

market, and as a result the additional one year extension was not sought, in line with other UK clients of the organisation.

In light of the decision by the Bank of Ireland the loan is now repayable, in full, within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Accordingly, the amount of £5.9m that would have been disclosed as a long term liability is now reported as a current liability.

The loan is denominated in Pounds Sterling and carries interest at SONIA-5 NCCR LAG plus 1.75%. The Group entered into an

interest swap on 2 November 2021, effectively fixing the interest rate at 2.95% over the original term of the loan.

![Graphics]()

118

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 20 Trade and other payables

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

31 Dec 2023

£000

Trade payables 405 482 74 11

Amounts owed to group undertakings – – 18,292 14,135

Other tax and social security payable 929 1,614 14 –

Other payables 154 168 – –

Accruals 6,909 7,034 563 736

Deferred income 32,225 31,475 – –

40,622 40,773 18,943 14,882

The amounts owed to group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable upon demand.

Deferred income has increased in the year to £32.2 million (31 December 2023: £31.5 million). The movement is due to the

growth in recurring revenues during the year which has caused an uplift in the value of Annual License and subscription fee

invoices issued during 2024 in excess of that recognised.

The  Company  received  £11,195,000  from  group  undertakings  during  the  year  (2023:  borrowed £1,273,000  from  group

undertakings) representing the movement on the net amount owed to or from group undertakings from the start of the

year to the year end. These amounts are detailed in both note 16 and the table above with the cash impact incorporating

non-cash movements totalling £15,000,000 (2023: £12,500,000). Gross borrowings during the year totalled £54,947,000 net

of £66,142,000 payments (2023: borrowings of £71,037,000 net of £69,764,000 payments). The movements in the year are

in relation to the Group’s treasury arrangements.

#### 21 Lease obligations

The Group leases various offices and plant and machinery which, following the adoption of IFRS 16 , met the criteria set out

to be recognised as lease liabilities.

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Amounts payable under lease liabilities:

Within one year 633 538

Within two to five years 2,111 1,997

After five years 544 906

Total 3,288 3,441

Less: future finance charges ( 3 4 5 )        (427)

Present value of lease obligations 2,943 3,014

Less: Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities) ( 5 2 7 )        (426)

As at 31 December 2,416 2,588

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

The present value of financial lease liabilities is split as follows:

Within one year 527 426

Within two to five years 1,890 1,728

After five years 526 860

2,943 3,014

![Graphics]()

119

#### 21 Lease obligations (continued)

The Company had no lease liabilities during the year (2023: nil).

Group

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

31 Dec 2023

£000

Liability as at 1 January 3,014 3,749

Additions 398 –

Interest 119 129

De-recognition – (168)

Foreign exchange 4 (162)

Repayments ( 5 9 2 )        (534)

Liability as at 31 December 2,943 3,014

Total cash  outflows  from all  leases  totalled £1,029,000 (2023:  £1,084,000),  of which  £437,000  (2023:  £550,000) related

to short term or low value leases. The short term or low value lease payments are displayed within the cash flows from

operating activities in the statement of cash flows.

#### 22 Provisions

Provisions

31 Dec 2024

£000

31 Dec 2023

£000

Group

At 1 January 368 316

Charged to income statement 19 158

Utilised in the period – (114)

Foreign exchange ( 4 )        8

At 31 December 383 368

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

Provisions

31 Dec 2024

£000

31 Dec 2023

£000

Current 25 100

Non-current 358 268

383 368

£307,000 (2023: £288,000) of the total provision at 31 December 2024 of £383,000 (2023: £368,000) relates to the cost of

dilapidations in respect of its occupied leasehold premises.

All of the non-current provision is expected to unwind within 2 to 5 years (2023: 2 to 5 years).

![Graphics]()

120

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 23 Share capital

31 Dec 2024 31 Dec 2023

Number £000 Number £000

Group and Company

Ordinary shares of 7 1/3p each

Issued and fully paid:

At 1 January 57,337,611 4,204 57,337,611 4,204

At 31 December 57,337,611 4,204 57,337,611 4,204

The  number  of  ordinary  shares  for  which  Aptitude  employees  hold  options  and  the  period  to  which  the  options  are

exercisable are as follows (note 30):

Period

Year of

grant

Exercise

price

2024

Number

2023

Number

Between 12 March 2022 and 10 August 2029 2019 7 1/3p 12,480 36,797

Between 12 March 2024 and 10 August 2029 2019 7 1/3p – 39,525

Between 1 November 2023 and 1 May 2024 2020 460.0p – 148,178

Between 1 November 2023 and 1 May 2024 2020 446.0p – 12,508

Between 12 March 2023 and 10 August 2030 2021 7 1/3p – 140,267

Between 1 November 2024 and 1 May 2025 2021 692.0p 338 1,222

Between 1 November 2024 and 1 May 2025 2021 700.0p 22,890 44,747

Between 22 November 2025 and 22 May 2032 2022 7 1/3p 260,771 282,960

Between 1 December 2025 and 1 May 2026 2022 372.5p 22,590 39,198

Between 1 December 2025 and 1 May 2026 2022 335.0p 278,141 298,154

Between 5 September 2026 and 5 September 2033 2023 7 1/3p 338,532 361,685

Between 5 September 2028 and 5 September 2035 2023 7 1/3p 74,660 74,660

Between 1 December 2026 and 1 May 2027 2023 236.0p 111,983 140,694

Between 1 December 2026 and 1 May 2027 2023 280.0p 687,522 713,370

Between 5 September 2027 and 5 September 2034 2024 7 1/3p 399,912 –

Between 5 September 2029 and 5 September 2036 2024 7 1/3p 63,467 –

Between 1 December 2027 and 1 May 2028 2024 274.0p 34,905 –

Between 1 December 2027 and 1 May 2028 2024 331.0p 102,574 –

2,410,765 2,333,965

#### 24 Share premium account

2024

£000

2023

£000

Group and Company

At 1 January 11,959 11,959

At 31 December 11,959 11,959

The total net proceeds from the issuance of shares during the year was £nil (2023: £nil) with £nil (2023: £nil) of this being

recognised within share capital, being the nominal value of shares issued.

![Graphics]()

121

#### 25 Other reserves

Derivatives

hedge

reserve

£000

Merger

reserve

£000

Employee

benefit

trust reserve

£000

Total

£000

Group

At 1 January 2023 1,004 34,195 – 35,199

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (1,242)   – – (1,242)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 1,044 – – 1,044

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 50 – – 50

Transfer on exercise of options – – 124 124

Purchase of own shares – – (186)   (186)

At 31 December 2023 856 34,195 (62)   34,989

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (713)   – – (713)

Loss on effective cash flow hedges (254)   – – (254)

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 242 – – 242

Transfer on exercise of options – – 85 85

Purchase of own shares – – (24)   (24)

At 31 December 2024 131 34,195 ( 1 )        34,325

Derivatives

hedge

reserve

£000

Merger

reserve

£000

Employee

benefit

trust reserve

£000

Total

£000

Company

At 1 January 2023 580  17,398 – 17,978

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (302)   – – (302)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 23 – – 23

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 70 – – 70

Transfer on exercise of options – – 124 124

Purchase of own shares – – (186)   (186)

At 31 December 2023 371 17,398 (62)   17,707

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income statement (297)       (297)

Gain on effective cash flow hedges 131 – – 131

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 42 – – 42

Transfer on exercise of options – – 85 85

Purchase of own shares – – (24)   (24)

At 31 December 2024

247 17,398 ( 1 )        17,644

#### 26 Treasury shares reserve

Group

£000

Company

£000

At 1 January 2023 – –

Purchase of own shares (4,014) (4,014)

Transfer on exercise of options 202  202

At 31 December 2024

(3,812) (3,812)

1,185,400 shares were purchased by the Company in 2024 for a total cost of £4.0m under the Company's share buyback programme.

![Graphics]()

122

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 27 Retained earnings/(Accumulated losses)

Group

£000

Company

£000

At 1 January 2023 (3,286)   14,872

Profit for the year 4,125 12,053

Share options – value of employee service (note 30) 125 73

Transfer on exercise of options (151)   (151)

Deferred tax on share options (note 15) (66)   17

Dividends paid (note 8) (3,096)   (3,096)

At 31 December 2023 (2,349)   23,768

Profit for the year 4,980 14,476

Share options – value of employee service (note 30) 611 611

Transfer on exercise of options (287)   (287)

Deferred tax on share options (note 15) 103 –

Dividends paid (note 8) (3,081)   (3,081)

At 31 December 2024 (23)        35,487

The profit for the financial year in the financial statements of the Company was £14,476,000 (2023: profit of £12,053,000).

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no separate income statement or statement of comprehensive

income is presented in respect of the Company.

Of the Company’s £35.5m retained earnings, £32.2m (2023: £21.1m) is distributable to shareholders following adjustment

for the cumulative impact of share options value of service through reserves.

#### 28 Cash flows from operating activities

Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash generated from operations:

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Group

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2024

£000

Company

Year ended

31 Dec 2023

£000

Profit before tax for the period 5,593 5,040 14,476 12,053

Adjustments for:

Depreciation 1,304 1,049 11 10

Amortisation 3,447 3,381 – –

Share-based payment expense 611 125 – (173)

Finance income ( 3 6 8 )        (282)   ( 3 5 7 )        (273)

Finance costs 450 527 290 315

Changes in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in receivables (2,049)    63 – (96)

Increase/(decrease) in payables ( 1 3 6 )        2,042 ( 9 6 )        95

Cash generated from operations 8,852 11,945 14,324 11,931

#### 29 Commitments

The Group and Company have no commitments other than short term leases or a lease of low-value asset during the year

(2023: £nil).

![Graphics]()

123

#### 30 Share based payments

#### Performance Share Plan (PSP)

Under the 2016 Performance Share Plan (PSP), the Remuneration Committee is allowed to grant conditional allocations of

par value options in the Company to key executives. The contractual life of an option is 10 years. The PSP is considered a

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award.

394,578 options were granted on 5 September 2024 (2023: 334,684 awards granted). The performance conditions are in line

with those described for the Executive Directors on page 50.

The inputs inserted into the Monte Carlo Pricing model for the options granted in 2024 are detailed below.

Item Value

Exercise price 7 1/3p

Expected volatility 41.00%

Dividend yield 1.62%

Risk-free interest rate 3.72%

Share price at grant date 334p

For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period

to the expected term of awards.

At the year end there were 39 (2023: 43) employees currently participating in the scheme. Exercise of an option is subject

to continued employment.

Details of the share options outstanding under the PSP during the year are as follows:

2024 2023

Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price

Outstanding at 1 January 788,863 7 1/3p 1,329,444 7.25p

Granted 394,578 7 1/3p 334,684 7 1/3p

Exercised (66,087)        7 1/3p (32,283)   6.43p

Lapsed (255,218)        7 1/3p (842,982)   7 1/3p

Outstanding at 31 December 862,136 7 1/3p 788,863 7.23p

Exercisable at 31 December 12,480 7 1/3p 177,064 7 1/3p

66,087 (2023: 32,283) PSP share options were exercised in 2024. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise

for share options exercised during 2024 under the Share Option Plans was 305p (2023: 346p).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.94 years

(2023: 8.47 years).

![Graphics]()

124

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 30 Share based payments (continued)

#### Share Option Plans

The Group operates a UK and an International ShareSave Plan, under which the Remuneration Committee can grant options

over shares in the Company to employees of the Group. Options are granted at a 20% discount of the mid-market share

price on the date prior to the grant date. The contractual life of an option is 3 years. 239 employees (2023: 313) currently

participate in these Plans.

Options granted under the Share Option Plans  will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, or

earlier, subject to specific criteria being met.

Details of the share options outstanding under the Share Option Plans during the year are as follows:

2024 2023

Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price

Outstanding at 1 January 1,398,071 309.09p 985,666 397.02p

Granted 144,249 314.53p 891,125 272.16p

Exercised – 00.00p – 00.00p

Lapsed (281,377)        420.83p (478,720)   421.41p

Outstanding at 31 December 1,260,943 284.78p 1,398,071 309.09p

Exercisable at 31 December 23,228 699.88p 160,686 458.91p

The inputs inserted into the Black Scholes Pricing model for the options granted in 2024 are detailed below.

Value

Item UK International

Exercise price 274p 331p

Expected volatility 40.00% 40.00%

Dividend yield 1.61% 1.61%

Risk-free interest rate 3.85% 3.85%

Expected cancellation rate 5% 5%

For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period

to the expected term of awards.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year under the Share Option

Plans was £nil (2023: £nil).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.17 years

(2023: 2.68 years).

No options have expired during the periods covered by the above tables.

![Graphics]()

125

#### 30 Share based payments (continued)

#### Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

During the year, the Group awarded Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), under which the Remuneration Committee can grant

options over shares in the Company to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to the

market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is 10 years. At the year end

there were 21 (2023: 30) employees currently participating in the scheme.

Options granted as Restricted Stock Units will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to

specific criteria being met.

Details of the share options outstanding under the Share Option Plans during the year are as follows:

2024 2023

Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price Number

Weighted

average

exercise

price

Outstanding at 1 January 147,031 7 1/3p –

Granted 145,092 7 1/3p 156,954 7 1/3p

Lapsed (4,437)        7 1/3p ( 9 , 9 2 3 )         7 1/3p

Outstanding at 31 December 287,686 7 1/3p 147,031 7 1/3p

Exercisable at 31 December –   –

The inputs inserted into the Black Scholes Pricing model for the options granted in 2024 are detailed below.

Value

Exercise price 7 1/3p

Expected volatility 41.00%

Dividend yield 1.62%

Risk-free interest rate 3.82%

For the calculation of the expected volatility, historical share price volatility was used as a guide over a commensurate period

to the expected term of awards.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year under the Share Option

Plans was £nil (2023: £nil).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have an expected weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.15 years

(2023: 9.69 years).

The  Group  recognised  total  expenses  of  £611,000  (2023:  £125,000)  related  to  equity-settled  share-based  payment

transactions during the year. After deferred tax, the total charge in the income statement was £686,000 (2023: £128,000).

There was a deferred tax credit of £103,000 (2023: charge of £63,000) taken directly to equity.

The Company recognised total income of £nil (2023: income of £173,000) related to equity-settled share-based payment

transactions during the year. After deferred tax, the total credit in the income statement was £nil (2023: £129,000). There

was a deferred tax credit of £nil (2023: deferred tax credit of £17,000) taken directly to equity.

![Graphics]()

126

### Notes to the Consolidated

### Financial Statements

#### 31 Retirement benefit schemes

The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans for qualifying employees in the UK. The assets of the

plans are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.

The Group also operates defined contribution retirement benefit plans for its overseas employees with contributions up to

6% of basic salary.

The total expense in the income statement of £1,125,000 (2023: £1,271,000) represents contributions payable to these

plans by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plans. As at 31 December 2024, contributions totalling £nil (2023:

£nil) due in respect of the 2024 reporting year had not been paid over to the plans and were included within accruals.

#### 32 Related party transactions

#### Group

During the year, the following directors were paid dividends as ordinary shareholders from Aptitude Software Group plc

whilst acting as a director:

Ivan Martin was paid dividends of £12,150 (2023: £12,150). Alex Curran was paid dividends of £644 (2023: £215).

There were no further related party transactions in the year ended 31 December 2024 (2023: £nil), as defined by International

Accounting Standard No 24 “Related Party Disclosures” other than key management compensation as disclosed in note 4.

![Graphics]()

### Shareholder Information

127

#### Analysis of register of members

As at 31 December 2024, the Company had 844 registered holders of ordinary shares. Their shareholdings are analysed below:

Size of shareholding

Number of

shareholders

Percentage of

shareholders

Number of

shares

Percentage of

issued shares

1-1,000 504 59.8 142,432 0.2

1,001-5,000 180 21.3 392,395 0.7

5,001-50,000 94 11.1 1,563,488 2.7

50,001-500,000 43 5.1 8,057,276 14.1

500,001-above 23 2.7 47,182,020 82.3

Total 844 100% 57,337,611 100%

Shareholder type

Number of

shareholders

Percentage of

shareholders

Number of

shares

Percentage of

issued shares

Institutional shareholders 184 21.8 55,621,020 97.0

Private shareholders 660 78.2 1,716,591 3.0

Total 844 100% 57,337,611 100%

#### Share register enquiries

Shareholders’ enquiries regarding shareholdings or dividends should in the first instance be addressed to our registrar:

MUFG Corporate Markets (formerly known as Link Group)

Central Square

29 Wellington Street

Leeds LS1 4DL.

0371.664.0300 (Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider)

Outside UK +44 (0) 371.664.0300 (Calls outside the United Kingdom are charged at the applicable international rate)

Lines are open Monday - Friday 9am - 5:30pm

Email: shareholderenquiries@cm.mpms.mufg.com

You can also manage your shareholding online at www.signalshares.com

#### Donate your shares to charity

If you have only a small number of shares which are uneconomical to sell you may wish to donate them to charity free of charge

through ShareGift (Registered Charity10528686).

Find out more at www.sharegift.org.uk or by telephoning 020 7930 3737.

#### Share fraud warning

Share fraud includes scams where investors are called out of the blue and offered shares that often turn out to be worthless or

non-existent, or an inflated price for shares they own. These calls come from fraudsters operating in ‘boiler rooms’ that are mostly

based abroad.

While high profits are promised, those who buy or sell shares in this way usually lose their money.

The  Financial  Conduct  Authority  (FCA)  has  found  most  share  fraud  victims  are  experienced  investors  who lose  an  average  of

£20,000, with around £200m lost in the UK each year.

![Graphics]()

### Shareholder Information

128

#### Protect yourself

If you are offered unsolicited investment advice, discounted shares, a premium price for shares you own, or free company or

research reports, you should take these steps before handing over any money:

•  Get the name of the person and organisation contacting you.

•  Check the Financial Services Register at http://www.fca.org.uk/ to ensure they are authorised.

•  Use the details on the FCA Register to contact the firm.

•  Call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800.111.6768 if there are no contact details on the Register or you are told they are out

of date.

•  Search our list of unauthorised firms and individuals to avoid doing business with.

#### Annual General Meeting of shareholders

We  consider  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  (AGM)  to  be  an  important  event  in  our  calendar  and  a  significant

opportunity to engage with our shareholders. The 2025 AGM will be held at 9:30 a.m. on Wednesday 28 May 2025 at the offices

of  Aptitude  Software  Group  plc,  8th  Floor,  138  Cheapside,  London,  EC2V  6BJ.  Details  are  given  in  a  separate  notice  to

shareholders. A copy of the Notice of Annual General Meeting together with this Annual Report is posted on the Company’s website

www.aptitudesoftware.com. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to vote ahead of the meeting regardless of whether they plan

to attend the AGM in person, to mitigate against the risk of disruptions such as train strikes.

Shareholders are also invited to submit questions ahead of the AGM. Details of how to do this are contained in the Notice of

Annual General Meeting

#### Website

The investor section of the Group’s corporate website, www.aptitidesoftware.com contains a wide range of information including

regulatory news, results announcements, share price information and information about our Board and Committees. It is also

possible to sign up to receive regulatory news relating to Aptitude Software plc alerts by email at www.aptitudesoftware.com/

investor-relations/email-alerts/

![Graphics]()

### Advisers

Independent Auditor

RSM UK Audit LLP

6th Floor,

25 Farringdon Street

London

EC4A 4AB

Financial Advisor and

Stockbroker

Canaccord Genuity Limited

88 Wood Street

London

EC2V 7QR

Financial Public Relations

Alma PR

71-73 Carter Lane

London

EC4V 5EQ

Registrars

MUFG Corporate Markets

(formerly known as

Link Group)

Central Square

29 Wellington Street

Leeds

LS1 4DL

Company’s Registered Office

8th Floor

138 Cheapside

London

EC2V 6BJ

Company number: 01602662

![Graphics]()

© Aptitude Software Limited 2014 - 2023. All Rights Reserved. APTITUDE, APTITUDE ACCOUNTING HUB, APTITUDE LEASE ACCOUNTING ENGINE,

REVSTREAM, APTITUDE REVENUE RECOGNITION ENGINE, FYNAPSE and the triangle device are trademarks of Aptitude Software Limited. Aptitude

– U.S. and European Patents Pending and Granted. For more information, please refer to: https:// www.aptitudesoftware.com/

patentsandtrademarks

www.aptitudesoftware.com

## Contact us

London

8th Floor

138 Cheapside,

London, EC2V 6BJ

Tel: 44 (0)20 3687 3200

Singapore

Centennial Tower, Level 17

3 Temasek Avenue

039190 Singapore

Tel: +65 82282403

Boston

Suite 1310

101 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

Tel: +1 (857) 201-3432

Wrocław

ul. Muchoborska 6

54-424 Wrocław

Poland

Tel: +48 71 35 83 010

Annual Report 2024